TLV320ADC3140IRTWT [TI]
具有 106dB SNR 的四通道、768kHz Burr-Brown™ 音频模数转换器 (ADC) | RTW | 24 | -40 to 125;型号: | TLV320ADC3140IRTWT |
厂家: | TEXAS INSTRUMENTS |
描述: | 具有 106dB SNR 的四通道、768kHz Burr-Brown™ 音频模数转换器 (ADC) | RTW | 24 | -40 to 125 转换器 模数转换器 |
文件: | 总120页 (文件大小:3887K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
Support &
Community
Product
Folder
Order
Now
Tools &
Software
Technical
Documents
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
TLV320ADC3140四通道、768kHz、Burr-BrownTM 音频 ADC
1 特性
2 应用
1
•
多通道高性能 ADC:
•
•
•
•
麦克风阵列系统
声控数字助理
电话会议系统
安防和监控系统
–
–
–
4 通道模拟麦克风输入或线路输入,
8 通道数字 PDM 麦克风,或
模拟和数字麦克风组合
•
•
•
ADC 线路和麦克风差分输入性能:
3 说明
–
–
动态范围 (DR):106dB
THD+N:–98dB
TLV320ADC3140 是一款 Burr-Brown™高性能音频模
数转换器 (ADC),最多可支持对脉冲密度调制 (PDM)
麦克风输入的四个模拟通道或八个数字通道进行同步采
样。该器件支持线路和麦克风输入,并允许单端和差分
输入配置。该器件集成了可编程通道增益、数字音量控
制、可编程麦克风偏置电压、锁相环 (PLL)、可编程高
通滤波器 (HPF)、双二阶滤波器、低延迟滤波器模式,
并可实现高达 768kHz 的采样率。该器件支持时分多路
复用 (TDM)、I2S 或左平衡 (LJ) 音频格式,并可通过
I2C 或 SPI 接口进行控制。这些集成的高性能 特性以
及采用 3.3V 或 1.8V 单电源供电的能力,使该器件成
为远场麦克风录音 应用中空间受限音频系统的绝佳选
择。
ADC 通道相加模式,DR 性能:
–
–
109dB,2 通道相加
112dB,4 通道相加
ADC 输入电压:
–
–
差分 2VRMS 满量程输入
单端 1VRMS 满量程输入
•
•
ADC 采样率 (fS) = 8kHz 至 768kHz
可编程通道设置:
–
–
–
–
通道增益:0dB 至 42dB,步长 1dB
数字音量控制:–100dB 至 27dB
增益校准分辨率为 0.1dB
相位校准分辨率为 163ns
TLV320ADC3140 的额定工作温度范围为 –40°C 至
+125°C,并且采用 24 引脚 WQFN 封装。
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
可编程麦克风偏置或电源电压生成
低延迟信号处理滤波器选择
可编程 HPF 和双二阶数字滤波器
自动增益控制器 (AGC)
I2C 或 SPI 控制
器件信息(1)
器件型号
封装
封装尺寸(标称值)
4.00mm × 4.00mm,间距
为 0.5mm
TLV320ADC3140
WQFN (24)
集成高性能音频 PLL
自动时钟分频器设置配置
(1) 如需了解所有可用封装,请参阅数据表末尾的封装选项附录。
音频串行数据接口:
简化方框图
–
–
–
格式:TDM、I2S 或左平衡 (LJ)
字长:16 位、20 位、24 位或 32 位
主/从接口
IN1P_GPI1
SHDNZ
GPIO1
Digital PDM Microphones
Interface
PLL and Clock
Generation
IN1M_GPO1
IN2P_GPI2
FSYNC
BCLK
•
•
•
单电源运行:3.3V 或 1.8V
I/O 电源运行:3.3V 或 1.8V
1.8V AVDD 电源电压下的功耗:
IN2M_GPO2
Programmable
Quad Channel
ADC with
Front-End PGA
Audio Serial
Interface
IN3P_GPI3
Digital Filters,
Biquads and
AGC
SDOUT
(TDM, I2S, LJ)
IN3M_GPO3
IN4P_GPI4
SDA_SSZ
–
–
8.5mW/通道(16kHz 采样率)
9.2mW/通道(48kHz 采样率)
IN4M_GPO4
SCL_MOSI
MICBIAS, Regulators and
Voltage Reference
I2C or SPI Control
Interface
ADDR0_SCLK
MICBIAS
VREF
ADDR1_MISO
Thermal Pad
(VSS)
AVDD
DREG
AVSS
IOVDD
AREG
1
本文档旨在为方便起见,提供有关 TI 产品中文版本的信息,以确认产品的概要。 有关适用的官方英文版本的最新信息,请访问 www.ti.com,其内容始终优先。 TI 不保证翻译的准确
性和有效性。 在实际设计之前,请务必参考最新版本的英文版本。
English Data Sheet: SBAS993
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
目录
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
特性.......................................................................... 1
应用.......................................................................... 1
说明.......................................................................... 1
修订历史记录 ........................................................... 2
器件比较表............................................................... 3
Pin Configuration and Functions......................... 4
Specifications......................................................... 6
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ...................................... 6
7.2 ESD Ratings.............................................................. 6
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions....................... 6
7.4 Thermal Information.................................................. 7
7.5 Electrical Characteristics........................................... 7
7.6 Timing Requirements: I2C Interface........................ 11
7.7 Switching Characteristics: I2C Interface.................. 11
7.8 Timing Requirements: SPI Interface....................... 12
7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface................. 12
7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2S or LJ Interface... 12
8
9
Detailed Description ............................................ 17
8.1 Overview ................................................................. 17
8.2 Functional Block Diagram ....................................... 18
8.3 Feature Description................................................. 18
8.4 Device Functional Modes........................................ 54
8.5 Programming........................................................... 55
8.6 Register Maps......................................................... 59
Application and Implementation ...................... 106
9.1 Application Information.......................................... 106
9.2 Typical Applications .............................................. 106
9.3 What to Do and What Not to Do ........................... 113
10 Power Supply Recommendations ................... 113
11 Layout................................................................. 114
11.1 Layout Guidelines ............................................... 114
11.2 Layout Example .................................................. 114
12 器件和文档支持 ................................................... 115
12.1 文档支持.............................................................. 115
12.2 接收文档更新通知 ............................................... 115
12.3 社区资源.............................................................. 115
12.4 商标..................................................................... 115
12.5 静电放电警告....................................................... 115
12.6 Glossary.............................................................. 115
13 机械、封装和可订购信息..................................... 115
7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2S or LJ
Interface ................................................................... 12
7.12 Timing Requirements: PDM Digital Microphone
Interface ................................................................... 13
7.13 Switching Characteristics: PDM Digial Microphone
Interface ................................................................... 13
7.14 Typical Characteristics.......................................... 15
4 修订历史记录
注:之前版本的页码可能与当前版本有所不同。
Changes from Revision A (July 2019) to Revision B
Page
•
已更改 将文档状态从预告信息更改成了生产数据 ................................................................................................................... 1
2
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
5 器件比较表
特性
控制接口
TLV320ADC3140
TLV320ADC5140
TLV320ADC6140
I2C 或 SPI
TDM、I2S 或左平衡 (LJ)
数字音频串行接口
模拟音频通道
4
4
4
数字 PDM 通道
动态范围增强器 (DRE)
动态范围(DRE 禁用)
动态范围(DRE 启用)
兼容性
8
8
8
不可用
106dB
不可用
可供货
可供货
113dB
123dB
108dB
120dB
引脚对引脚、封装和控制寄存器兼容;彼此之间可直接替代
WQFN (RTW),24 引脚,4.00mm × 4.00mm(间距为 0.5mm)
封装
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
3
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
6 Pin Configuration and Functions
RTW Package
24-Pin WQFN With Exposed Thermal Pad
Top View
AVDD
AREG
1
2
3
4
5
6
18
17
16
15
14
13
SDA_SSZ
SCL_MOSI
ADDR0_SCLK
ADDR1_MISO
SHDNZ
VREF
Thermal Pad (VSS)
AVSS
MICBIAS
IN1P_GPI1
IN4M_GPO4
Not to scale
Pin Functions
PIN
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
NO.
NAME
1
AVDD
Analog supply
Analog supply
Analog power (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal)
Analog on-chip regulator output voltage for analog supply (1.8 V, nominal) or
external analog power (1.8 V, nominal)
2
AREG
3
4
5
VREF
AVSS
Analog
Analog supply
Analog
Analog reference voltage filter output
Analog ground. Short this pin directly to the board ground plane.
MICBIAS output
MICBIAS
Analog input 1P pin or general-purpose digital input 1 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphone data, PLL input clock source, and so forth)
6
IN1P_GPI1
Analog input/digital input
Analog input 1M pin or general-purpose digital output 1 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth)
7
IN1M_GPO1 Analog input/digital output
Analog input 2P pin or general-purpose digital input 2 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth)
8
IN2P_GPI2
Analog input/digital input
Analog input 2M pin or general-purpose digital output 2 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth)
9
IN2M_GPO2 Analog input/digital output
Analog input 3P pin or general-purpose digital input 3 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth)
10
11
12
IN3P_GPI3
Analog input/digital input
Analog input 3M pin or general-purpose digital output 3 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth)
IN3M_GPO3 Analog input/digital output
Analog input 4P pin or general-purpose digital input 4 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth)
IN4P_GPI4
Analog input/digital input
Analog input 4M pin or general-purpose digital output 4 (multipurpose functions
such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth)
13
14
15
IN4M_GPO4 Analog input/digital output
SHDNZ
Digital input
Digital I/O
Device hardware shutdown and reset (active low)
For I2C operation: I2C slave address A1 pin
For SPI operation: SPI slave output pin
ADDR1_MISO
4
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Pin Functions (continued)
PIN
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
NO.
NAME
For I2C operation: I2C slave address A0 pin
For SPI operation : SPI serial bit clock
For I2C operation: clock pin for I2C control bus
For SPI operation: SPI slave input pin
16
ADDR0_SCLK
Digital input
Digital input
17
SCL_MOSI
For I2C operation: data pin for I2C control bus
For SPI operation: SPI slave-select pin
18
19
20
SDA_SSZ
IOVDD
Digital I/O
Digital supply
Digital I/O
Digital I/O power supply (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal)
General-purpose digital input/output 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital
microphones clock or data, PLL input clock source, interrupt, and so forth)
GPIO1
21
22
23
24
SDOUT
BCLK
Digital output
Digital I/O
Audio serial data interface bus output
Audio serial data interface bus bit clock
FSYNC
DREG
Digital I/O
Audio serial data interface bus frame synchronization signal
Digital regulator output voltage for digital core supply (1.5 V, nominal)
Digital supply
Thermal
Pad
Thermal Pad
(VSS)
Thermal pad shorted to internal device ground. Short the thermal pad directly to
the board ground plane.
Ground supply
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
5
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
7 Specifications
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings
over the operating ambient temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1)
MIN
–0.3
–0.3
–0.3
–0.3
–0.3
MAX
UNIT
AVDD to AVSS
3.9
Supply voltage
AREG to AVSS
2.0
3.9
V
IOVDD to VSS (thermal pad)
AVSS to VSS (thermal pad)
Analog input pins voltage to AVSS
Ground voltage differences
Analog input voltage
0.3
V
V
AVDD + 0.3
Digital input except INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS
(thermal pad)
–0.3
–0.3
IOVDD + 0.3
AVDD + 0.3
Digital input voltage
Temperature
V
Digital input INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal
pad)
Operating ambient, TA
Junction, TJ
–40
–40
–65
125
150
150
°C
Storage, Tstg
(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, which do not imply functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended
Operating Conditions. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
7.2 ESD Ratings
VALUE
±2000
±500
UNIT
Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001(1)
Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101(2)
V(ESD)
Electrostatic discharge
V
(1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.
(2) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
POWER
Analog supply voltage AVDD to AVSS (AREG is generated using onchip regulator) -
AVDD 3.3-V operation
3.0
1.7
3.3
1.8
3.6
1.9
AVDD,
V
V
AREG(1)
Analog supply voltage AVDD and AREG to AVSS (AREG internal regulator is
shutdown) - AVDD 1.8-V operation
IO supply voltage to VSS (thermal pad) - IOVDD 3.3-V operation
IO supply voltage to VSS (thermal pad) - IOVDD 1.8-V operation
3.0
3.3
1.8
3.6
IOVDD
1.65
1.95
INPUTS
Analog input pins voltage to AVSS
0
0
0
AVDD
IOVDD
AVDD
V
V
V
Digital input except INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad)
Digital input INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad)
TEMPERATURE
TA
Operating ambient temperature
–40
125
°C
OTHERS
GPIOx or GPIx (used as MCLK input) clock frequency
36.864
400
MHz
pF
SCL and SDA bus capacitance for I2C interface supports standard-mode and fast-
mode
Cb
CL
SCL and SDA bus capacitance for I2C interface supports fast-mode plus
Digital output load capacitance
550
50
20
pF
(1) AVSS and VSS (thermal pad): all ground pins must be tied together and must not differ in voltage by more than 0.2 V.
6
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
7.4 Thermal Information
TLV320ADCx140
THERMAL METRIC(1)
RTW (WQFN)
24 PINS
32.6
UNIT
RθJA
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance
Junction-to-board thermal resistance
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
RθJC(top)
RθJB
25.0
11.9
ψJT
Junction-to-top characterization parameter
Junction-to-board characterization parameter
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance
0.2
ψJB
11.9
RθJC(bot)
2.9
(1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics application
report.
7.5 Electrical Characteristics
at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS,
TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
ADC CONFIGURATION
Input pins INxP or INxM, 2.5-kΩ input impedance
selection
2.5
10
20
Input pins INxP or INxM, 10-kΩ input impedance
selection
AC input impedance
Channel gain range
kΩ
Input pins INxP or INxM, 20-kΩ input impednace
selection
Programmable range with 1-dB steps
0
42
dB
ADC PERFORMANCE FOR LINE/MICROPHONE INPUT RECORDING : AVDD 3.3-V OPERATION
Differential input full-scale
AC-coupled input
2
1
VRMS
VRMS
AC signal voltage
Single-ended input full-
AC-coupled input
scale AC signal voltage
IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to
ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel
gain
100
106
102
107
103
–98
–94
Signal-to-noise ratio, A-
SNR
dB
dB
dB
weighted(1)(2)
IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to
ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB
channel gain
IN1 differential input selected and –60-dB full-scale AC
signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB
channel gain
Dynamic range, A-
DR
weighted(2)
IN1 differential input selected and –72-dB full-scale AC
signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB
channel gain
IN1 differential input selected and –1-dB full-scale AC
signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB
channel gain
–80
Total harmonic
THD+N
distortion(2)(3)
IN1 differential input selected and –13-dB full-scale AC
signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB
channel gain
ADC PERFORMANCE FOR LINE/MICROPHONE INPUT RECORDING : AVDD 1.8-V OPERATION
Differential input full-scale
AC-coupled Input
1
VRMS
VRMS
AC signal voltage
Single-ended input full-
AC-coupled Input
0.5
scale AC signal voltage
IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to
Signal-to-noise ratio, A-
SNR
ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel
100
dB
weighted(1)(2)
gain
(1) Ratio of output level with 1-kHz full-scale sine-wave input, to the output level with the AC signal input shorted to ground, measured A-
weighted over a 20-Hz to 20-kHz bandwidth using an audio analyzer.
(2) All performance measurements done with 20-kHz low-pass filter and, where noted, A-weighted filter. Failure to use such a filter may
result in higher THD and lower SNR and dynamic range readings than shown in the Electrical Characteristics. The low-pass filter
removes out-of-band noise, which, although not audible, may affect dynamic specification values.
(3) For best distortion performance, use input AC-coupling capacitors with low-voltage-coefficient.
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
7
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Electrical Characteristics (continued)
at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS,
TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
IN1 differential input selected and –60-dB full-scale AC
signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB
channel gain
Dynamic range, A-
weighted(2)
DR
101
dB
IN1 differential input selected and –2-dB full-scale AC
signal Input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0 dB
channel gain
Total harmonic
distortion(2)(3)
THD+N
–90
dB
ADC OTHER PARAMETERS
Digital volume control
Programmable 0.5-dB steps
Programmable
–100
7.35
16
27
768
32
dB
kHz
Bits
range
Output data sample rate
Output data sample word
length
Programmable
Digital high-pass filter
cutoff frequency
First-order IIR filter with programmable coefficients, –3-
dB point (default setting)
12
–124
0.1
Hz
dB
–1-dB full-scale AC-signal input to non measurement
channel
Interchannel isolation
Interchannel gain
mismatch
–6-dB full-scale AC-signal input and 0-dB channel gain
dB
0-dB channel gain, across temperature range 15°C to
35°C
Gain drift
–4.4
ppm/°C
Degrees
Degrees/°C
dB
Interchannel phase
mismatch
1-kHz sinusoidal signal
0.02
1-kHz sinusoidal signal, across temperature range 15°C
to 35°C
Phase drift
0.0005
102
Power-supply rejection
ratio
100-mVPP, 1-kHz sinusoidal signal on AVDD, differential
input selected, 0-dB channel gain
PSRR
CMRR
Differential microphone input selected, 0-dB channel
gain, 100-mVPP, 1-kHz signal on both pins and measure
level at output
Common-mode rejection
ratio
60
dB
µVRMS
V
MICROPHONE BIAS
MICBIAS noise
BW = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, A-weighted, 1-μF capacitor
between MICBIAS and AVSS
1.6
MICBIAS programmed to VREF and VREF programmed
to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V
VREF
MICBIAS voltage
MICBIAS programmed to VREF × 1.096 and VREF
programmed to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V
VREF ×
1.096
Bypass to AVDD with 20-mA load
MICBIAS voltage ≥ 2.5 V
AVDD – 0.2
20
10
MICBIAS current drive
mA
MICBIAS voltage < 2.5 V
MICBIAS programmed to either VREF or VREF ×
1.096, measured up to max load
MICBIAS load regulation
0.1
30
0.6
1.8
%
MICBIAS over current
protection threshold
mA
DIGITAL I/O
All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD
1.8-V operation
0.35 ×
IOVDD
–0.3
–0.3
Low-level digital input logic
voltage threshold
VIL
V
V
V
All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD
3.3-V operation
0.8
All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD
1.8-V operation
0.65 ×
IOVDD
IOVDD +
0.3
High-level digital input logic
voltage threshold
VIH
All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD
3.3-V operation
IOVDD +
0.3
2
All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOL
–2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation
=
0.45
0.4
Low-level digital output
voltage
VOL
All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOL
–2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation
=
8
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Electrical Characteristics (continued)
at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS,
TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOH
2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation
=
=
IOVDD –
0.45
High-level digital output
voltage
VOH
V
All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOH
2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation
2.4
–0.5
Low-level digital input logic
voltage threshold
VIL(I2C)
SDA and SCL
0.3 x IOVDD
V
V
V
V
High-level digital input logic
voltage threshold
IOVDD +
0.5
VIH(I2C)
VOL1(I2C)
VOL2(I2C)
SDA and SCL
0.7 x IOVDD
Low-level digital output
voltage
SDA, IOL(I2C) = –3 mA, IOVDD > 2 V
SDA, IOL(I2C) = –2 mA, IOVDD ≤ 2 V
0.4
Low-level digital output
voltage
0.2 x IOVDD
SDA, VOL(I2C) = 0.4 V, standard-mode or fast-mode
SDA, VOL(I2C) = 0.4 V, fast-mode plus
3
Low-level digital output
current
IOL(I2C)
mA
20
Input logic-high leakage for
digital inputs
IIH
IIL
All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = IOVDD
All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = 0 V
–5
–5
0.1
0.1
5
5
µA
µA
Input logic-low leakage for
digital inputs
0.35 ×
AVDD
All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 1.8-V operation
All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 3.3-V operation
All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 1.8-V operation
All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 3.3-V operation
–0.3
–0.3
Low-level digital input logic
voltage threshold
VIL(GPIx)
V
V
0.8
AVDD + 0.3
AVDD + 0.3
0.45
0.65 ×
AVDD
High-level digital input logic
voltage threshold
VIH(GPIx)
2
All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOL = –2 mA, AVDD 1.8-V
operation
Low-level digital output
voltage
VOL(GPOx)
V
V
All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOL = –2 mA, AVDD 3.3-V
operation
0.4
All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOH = 2 mA, AVDD 1.8-V
operation
AVDD –
0.45
High-level digital output
voltage
VOH(GPOx)
All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOH = 2 mA, AVDD 3.3-V
operation
2.4
–5
–5
Input logic-high leakage for
digital inputs
IIH(GPIx)
IIL(GPIx)
CIN
All INxP_GPIx digital pins, input = AVDD
All INxP_GPIx digital pins, input = 0 V
All digital pins
0.1
0.1
5
5
5
µA
µA
pF
Input logic-high leakage for
digital inputs
Input capacitance for
digital inputs
Pulldown resistance for
digital I/O pins when
asserted on
RPD
20
kΩ
TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT CONSUMPTION
IAVDD SHDNZ = 0, AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG
0.5
0.5
SHDNZ = 0, AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply
(AREG shorted to AVDD)
IAVDD
Current consumption in
hardware shutdown mode
µA
IIOVDD
IIOVDD
SHDNZ = 0, all external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 3.3 V
SHDNZ = 0, all external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 1.8 V
0.1
0.1
All external clocks stopped, AVDD = 3.3 V, internal
AREG
IAVDD
IAVDD
5
5
Current consumption in
sleep mode (software
shutdown mode)
All external clocks stopped, AVDD = 1.8 V, external
AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD)
µA
IIOVDD
IIOVDD
All external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 3.3 V
All external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 1.8 V
0.1
0.1
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
9
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Electrical Characteristics (continued)
at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS,
TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
IAVDD
IAVDD
AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG
11.3
Current consumption with
ADC 2-channel operating
at fS 48-kHz, PLL off
AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to
AVDD)
10.7
mA
IIOVDD
IIOVDD
IAVDD
IOVDD = 3.3 V
0.1
0.05
19.7
and BCLK = 512 × fS
IOVDD = 1.8 V
AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG
Current consumption with
ADC 4-channel operating
at fS 16-kHz, PLL on and
BCLK = 256 × fS
AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to
AVDD)
IAVDD
18.6
mA
mA
IIOVDD
IIOVDD
IAVDD
IOVDD = 3.3 V
0.05
0.02
21.3
IOVDD = 1.8 V
AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG
Current consumption with
ADC 4-channel operating
at fS 48-kHz, PLL on
AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to
AVDD)
IAVDD
20.2
IIOVDD
IIOVDD
IOVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = 1.8 V
0.1
and BCLK = 256 × fS
0.05
10
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
7.6 Timing Requirements: I2C Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
STANDARD-MODE
fSCL
SCL clock frequency
0
4
100
kHz
Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is
generated.
tHD;STA
μs
tLOW
Low period of the SCL clock
High period of the SCL clock
Setup time for a repeated START condition
Data hold time
4.7
4
μs
μs
μs
μs
ns
ns
ns
μs
μs
tHIGH
tSU;STA
tHD;DAT
tSU;DAT
tr
4.7
0
3.45
Data setup time
250
SDA and SCL rise time
1000
300
tf
SDA and SCL fall time
tSU;STO
tBUF
Setup time for STOP condition
Bus free time between a STOP and START condition
4
4.7
FAST-MODE
fSCL
SCL clock frequency
0
400
kHz
Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is
generated.
tHD;STA
0.6
μs
tLOW
Low period of the SCL clock
High period of the SCL clock
Setup time for a repeated START condition
Data hold time
1.3
0.6
0.6
0
μs
μs
μs
μs
ns
ns
tHIGH
tSU;STA
tHD;DAT
tSU;DAT
tr
0.9
Data setup time
100
20
SDA and SCL rise time
300
300
20 ×
(IOVDD /
5.5 V)
tf
SDA and SCL fall time
ns
tSU;STO
Setup time for STOP condition
0.6
1.3
μs
μs
tBUF
Bus free time between a STOP and START condition
FAST-MODE PLUS
fSCL
SCL clock frequency
0
1000
kHz
Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is
generated.
tHD;STA
0.26
μs
tLOW
Low period of the SCL clock
High period of the SCL clock
Setup time for a repeated START condition
Data hold time
0.5
0.26
0.26
0
μs
μs
μs
μs
ns
ns
tHIGH
tSU;STA
tHD;DAT
tSU;DAT
tr
Data setup time
50
SDA and SCL rise time
120
120
20 ×
(IOVDD /
5.5 V)
tf
SDA and SCL fall time
ns
tSU;STO
tBUF
Setup time for STOP condition
0.26
0.5
μs
μs
Bus free time between a STOP and START condition
7.7 Switching Characteristics: I2C Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Standard-mode
MIN
250
250
TYP
MAX
1250
850
UNIT
td(SDA)
SCL to SDA delay
Fast-mode
ns
Fast-mode plus
400
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
11
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
7.8 Timing Requirements: SPI Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram
MIN
40
18
18
16
16
20
8
NOM
MAX
UNIT
t(SCLK)
tH(SCLK)
tL(SCLK)
tLEAD
SCLK period
ns
SCLK high pulse duration
SCLK low pulse duration
Enable lead time
ns
ns
ns
tTRAIL
Enable trail time
ns
tDSEQ
Sequential transfer delay
MOSI data setup time
MOSI data hold time
SCLK rise time
ns
tSU(MOSI)
tHLD(MOSI)
tr(SCLK)
tf(SCLK)
ns
8
ns
10% - 90% rise time
90% - 10% fall time
6
6
ns
SCLK fall time
ns
7.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
16
UNIT
ns
ta(MISO)
td(MISO)
tdis(MISO)
MISO access time
SCLK to MISO delay
MISO disable time
50% of SCLK to 50% of MISO
16
ns
20
ns
7.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2S or LJ Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram
MIN
40
18
18
8
NOM
MAX
UNIT
t(BCLK)
BCLK period
ns
(1)
tH(BCLK)
tL(BCLK)
tSU(FSYNC)
tHLD(FSYNC)
tr(BCLK)
BCLK high pulse duration
BCLK low pulse duration
FSYNC setup time
FSYNC hold time
BCLK rise time
ns
(1)
ns
ns
8
ns
10% - 90% rise time
90% - 10% fall time
10
10
ns
tf(BCLK)
BCLK fall time
ns
(1) The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is
latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data.
7.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2S or LJ Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
td(SDOUT-BCLK)
td(SDOUT-FSYNC)
BCLK to SDOUT delay
50% of BCLK to 50% of SDOUT
18
ns
FSYNC to SDOUT delay in TDM
or LJ mode (for MSB data with
TX_OFFSET = 0)
50% of FSYNC to 50% of
SDOUT
18
ns
BCLK output clock frequency:
master mode
f(BCLK)
24.576
MHz
ns
(1)
BCLK high pulse duration:
master mode
tH(BCLK)
tL(BCLK)
td(FSYNC)
14
14
BCLK low pulse duration: master
mode
ns
BCLK to FSYNC delay: master
mode
50% of BCLK to 50% of FSYNC
18
ns
tr(BCLK)
tf(BCLK)
BCLK rise time: master mode
BCLK fall time: master mode
10% - 90% rise time
90% - 10% fall time
8
8
ns
ns
(1) The BCLK output clock frequency must be lower than 18.5 MHz (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on
the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data.
12
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
7.12 Timing Requirements: PDM Digital Microphone Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 4 for timing diagram
MIN
30
0
NOM
MAX
UNIT
tSU(PDMDINx)
tHLD(PDMDINx)
PDMDINx setup time
PDMDINx hold time
ns
ns
7.13 Switching Characteristics: PDM Digial Microphone Interface
at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 4 for timing diagram
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
0.768
72
TYP
MAX
UNIT
MHz
ns
f(PDMCLK)
tH(PDMCLK)
tL(PDMCLK)
tr(PDMCLK)
tf(PDMCLK)
PDMCLK clock frequency
PDMCLK high pulse duration
PDMCLK low pulse duration
PDMCLK rise time
6.144
72
ns
10% - 90% rise time
18
18
ns
PDMCLK fall time
90% - 10% fall time
ns
SDA
tBUF
tHD;STA
tLOW
tr
td(SDA)
SCL
tHD;STA
tHD;DAT
tHIGH
tSU;DAT
tSU;STA
tSU;STO
STO
STA
tf
STA
STO
图 1. I2C Interface Timing Diagram
SSZ
tDSEQ
tLAG
t(SCLK)
tf(SCLK)
tLEAD
tr(SCLK)
SCLK
tL(SCLK)
tH(SCLK)
td(MISO)
tdis(MISO)
MISO
MOSI
MSB OUT
LSB OUT
BIT6...1
BIT6...1
ta(MISO)
tSU(MOSI) tHLD(MOSI)
MSB IN
LSB IN
图 2. SPI Interface Timing Diagram
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
13
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
FSYNC
tSU(FSYNC)
tHLD(FSYNC)
t(BCLK)
tL(BCLK)
BCLK
tH(BCLK)
tr(BCLK)
tf(BCLK)
td(FSYNC)
td(SDOUT-BCLK)
td(SDOUT-FSYNC)
SDOUT
图 3. TDM (With BCLK_POL = 1), I2S, and LJ Interface Timing Diagram
tSU(PDMDINx)
tHLD(PDMDINx) tSU(PDMDINx)
tHLD(PDMDINx)
tH(PDMCLK)
tL(PDMCLK)
PDMCLK
PDMDINx
t(PDMCLK)
tf(PDMCLK)
tr(PDMCLK)
Falling Edge Captured
Rising Edge Captured
图 4. PDM Digital Microphone Interface Timing Diagram
14
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
7.14 Typical Characteristics
at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS,
TDM slave mode, PLL on, channel gain = 0 dB, and linear phase decimation filter (unless otherwise noted); all performance
measurements are done with a 20-kHz, low-pass filter, and an A-weighted filter
-60
-70
-60
-70
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
-80
-80
-90
-90
-100
-110
-120
-130
-100
-110
-120
-130
-130
-115
-100
-85
-70
-55
-40
-25
-10
0
-130
-115
-100
-85
-70
-55
-40
-25
-10
0
Input Amplitude (dB)
Input Amplitude (dB)
TDH1D0+1
TDH1D0+1
Differential input
Single-ended input
图 5. THD+N vs Input Amplitude
图 6. THD+N vs Input Amplitude
-60
-70
-60
-70
Channel-1
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
-80
-80
-90
-90
-100
-110
-120
-130
-100
-110
-120
-130
-130
-115
-100
-85
-70
-55
-40
-25
-10
0
20
50
100
500
1000
5000 10000 20000
D103
Input Amplitude (dB)
Frequency (Hz)
TDH1D0+1
Differential input with AVDD = 1.8 V and VREF = 1.375 V
图 7. THD+N vs Input Amplitude
图 8. THD+N vs Input Frequency With a –60-dBr Input
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
-60
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
-70
Channel-4
-80
-90
-100
-110
-120
-130
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
20
50
100
500
1000
5000 10000 20000
D104
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
Frequency (Hz)
Channel Gain (dB)
TDH1D0+5
Differential input
图 9. THD+N vs Input Frequency With a –1-dBr Input
图 10. Input-Referred Noise vs Channel Gain
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
15
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Typical Characteristics (接下页)
at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS,
TDM slave mode, PLL on, channel gain = 0 dB, and linear phase decimation filter (unless otherwise noted); all performance
measurements are done with a 20-kHz, low-pass filter, and an A-weighted filter
20
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-120
8
7
6
5
4
3
20
50 100
500 1000
500010000
100000 300000
DF0re08q
2
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
Frequency (Hz)
Channel Gain (dB)
TDH1D0+5
Single-ended input
图 12. Frequency Response With a –12-dBr Input
图 11. Input-Referred Noise vs Channel Gain
0
-20
-60
-70
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
-40
-80
-60
-80
-90
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
-200
-100
-110
-120
-130
20
50
100
500
1000
5000 10000 20000
20
50
100
500
1000
5000 10000 20000
D005
Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (Hz)
D106
图 13. Power-Supply Rejection Ratio vs Ripple Frequency
图 14. FFT With Idle Input
With 100-mVPP Amplitude
0
0
-20
Channel-1
Channel-1
Channel-2
-20
Channel-3
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
Channel-4
-40
-40
-60
-80
-60
-80
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
-200
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
-200
20
50
100
500
1000
5000 10000 20000
D006
20
50
100
500
1000
5000 10000 20000
D007
Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (Hz)
图 15. FFT With a –60-dBr Input
图 16. FFT With a –1-dBr Input
16
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8 Detailed Description
8.1 Overview
The TLV320ADC3140 is a high-performance, low-power, flexible, quad-channel, audio analog-to-digital converter
(ADC) with extensive feature integration. This device is intended for applications in voice-activated systems,
professional microphones, audio conferencing, portable computing, communication, and entertainment
applications. The high dynamic range of the device enables far-field audio recording with high fidelity. This device
integrates a host of features that reduces cost, board space, and power consumption in space-constrained,
battery-powered, consumer, home, and industrial applications.
The TLV320ADC3140 consists of the following blocks:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Quad-channel, multibit, high-performance delta-sigma (ΔΣ) ADC
Configurable single-ended or differential audio inputs
Low-noise, programmable microphone bias output
Automatic gain controller (AGC)
Programmable decimation filters with linear-phase or low-latency filter
Programmable channel gain, volume control, biquad filters for each channel
Programmable phase and gain calibration with fine resolution for each channel
Programmable high-pass filter (HPF), and digital channel mixer
Pulse density modulation (PDM) digital microphone interface with high-performance decimation filter
Integrated low-jitter phase-locked loop (PLL) supporting a wide range of system clocks
Integrated digital and analog voltage regulators to support single-supply operation
Communication to the TLV320ADC3140 to configure the control registers is supported using an I2C or SPI
interface. The device supports a highly flexible audio serial interface [time-division multiplexing (TDM), I2S, or
left-justified (LJ)] to transmit audio data seamlessly in the system across devices.
The device can support multiple devices by sharing the common I2C and TDM buses across devices. Moreover,
the device includes a daisy-chain feature and a secondary audio serial output data pin. These features relax the
shared TDM bus timing requirements and board design complexities when operating multiple devices for
applications requiring high audio data bandwidth.
表 1 lists the reference abbreviations used throughout this document to registers that control the device.
表 1. Abbreviations for Register References
REFERENCE
ABBREVIATION
DESCRIPTION
EXAMPLE
Single data bit. The value of a
single bit in a register.
Page y, register z, bit k
Py_Rz_Dk
Page 4, register 36, bit 0 = P4_R36_D0
Range of data bits. A range of
data bits (inclusive).
Page y, register z, bits k-m
Page y, register z
Py_Rz_D[k:m]
Py_Rz
Page 4, register 36, bits 3-0 = P4_R36_D[3:0]
Page 4, register 36 = P4_R36
One entire register. All eight
bits in the register as a unit.
Range of registers. A range of
registers in the same page.
Page y, registers z-n
Py_Rz-Rn
Page 4, registers 36, 37, 38 = P4_R36-R38
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
17
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.2 Functional Block Diagram
Audio Clock Generation
PLL
(Input Clock Source -
BCLK, GPIOx, GPIx)
Multifunction Pins
(Digital Microphones
Interface, Interrupt, PLL
Input Clock)
8-Channel Digital Microphone Filters
GPIO1
IN1P_GPI1
ADC
Channel-1
PGA
PGA
PGA
PGA
SDOUT
BCLK
IN1M_GPO1
Digital Filters
(Low Latency LPF,
Programmable
Biquads)
IN2P_GPI2
ADC
Channel-2
Audio Serial
Interface (TDM,
I2S, LJ)
IN2M_GPO2
and
ADC
Channel-3
IN3P_GPI3
IN3M_GPO3
Automatic Gain
Controller (AGC)
ADC
Channel-4
IN4P_GPI4
FSYNC
IN4M_GPO4
Programmable
MICBIAS
I2C or SPI Control
Interface
Regulators, Current Bias
and Voltage Reference
SHDNZ
Microphone Bias
8.3 Feature Description
8.3.1 Serial Interfaces
This device has two serial interfaces: control and audio data. The control serial interface is used for device
configuration. The audio data serial interface is used for transmitting audio data to the host device.
8.3.1.1 Control Serial Interfaces
The device contains configuration registers and programmable coefficients that can be set to the desired values
for a specific system and application use. All these registers can be accessed using either I2C or SPI
communication to the device. For more information, see the Programming section.
8.3.1.2 Audio Serial Interfaces
Digital audio data flows between the host processor and the TLV320ADC3140 on the digital audio serial interface
(ASI), or audio bus. This highly flexible ASI bus includes a TDM mode for multichannel operation, support for I2S
or left-justified protocols format, programmable data length options, very flexible master-slave configurability for
bus clock lines and the ability to communicate with multiple devices within a system directly.
18
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Feature Description (接下页)
The bus protocol TDM, I2S, or left-justified (LJ) format can be selected by using the ASI_FORMAT[1:0],
P0_R7_D[7:6] register bits. As shown in 表 2 and 表 3, these modes are all most significant byte (MSB)-first,
pulse code modulation (PCM) data format, with the output channel data word-length programmable as 16, 20,
24, or 32 bits by configuring the ASI_WLEN[1:0], P0_R7_D[5:4] register bits.
表 2. Audio Serial Interface Format
P0_R7_D[7:6] : ASI_FORMAT[1:0]
AUDIO SERIAL INTERFACE FORMAT
00 (default)
Time division multiplexing (TDM) mode
01
10
11
Inter IC sound (I2S) mode
Left-justified (LJ) mode
Reserved (do not use this setting)
表 3. Audio Output Channel Data Word-Length
P0_R7_D[5:4] : ASI_WLEN[1:0]
AUDIO OUTPUT CHANNEL DATA WORD-LENGTH
00
01
Output channel data word-length set to 16 bits
Output channel data word-length set to 20 bits
Output channel data word-length set to 24 bits
Output channel data word-length set to 32 bits
10
11 (default)
The frame sync pin, FSYNC, is used in this audio bus protocol to define the beginning of a frame and has the
same frequency as the output data sample rates. The bit clock pin, BCLK, is used to clock out the digital audio
data across the serial bus. The number of bit-clock cycles in a frame must accommodate multiple device active
output channels with the programmed data word length.
A frame consists of multiple time-division channel slots (up to 64) to allow all output channel audio data
transmissions to complete on the audio bus by a device or multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices sharing the same
audio bus. The device supports up to eight output channels that can be configured to place their audio data on
bus slot 0 to slot 63. 表 4 lists the output channel slot configuration settings. In I2S and LJ mode, the slots are
divided into two sets, left-channel slots and right-channel slots, as described in the Inter IC Sound (I2S) Interface
and Left-Justified (LJ) Interface sections.
表 4. Output Channel Slot Assignment Settings
P0_R11_D[5:0] : CH1_SLOT[5:0]
00 0000 = 0d (default)
00 0001 = 1d
OUTPUT CHANNEL 1 SLOT ASSIGNMENT
Slot 0 for TDM or left slot 0 for I2S, LJ.
Slot 1 for TDM or left slot 1 for I2S, LJ.
…
…
01 1111 = 31d
10 0000 = 32d
…
Slot 31 for TDM or left slot 31 for I2S, LJ.
Slot 32 for TDM or right slot 0 for I2S, LJ.
…
11 1110 = 62d
11 1111 = 63d
Slot 62 for TDM or right slot 30 for I2S, LJ.
Slot 63 for TDM or right slot 31 for I2S, LJ.
Similarly, the slot assignment setting for output channel 2 to channel 8 can be done using the CH2_SLOT
(P0_R12) to CH8_SLOT (P0_R18) registers, respectively.
The slot word length is the same as the output channel data word length set for the device. The output channel
data word length must be set to the same value for all TLV320ADC3140 devices if all devices share the same
ASI bus in a system. The maximum number of slots possible for the ASI bus in a system is limited by the
available bus bandwidth, which depends upon the BCLK frequency, output data sample rate used, and the
channel data word length configured.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
19
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
The device also includes a feature that offsets the start of the slot data transfer with respect to the frame sync by
up to 31 cycles of the bit clock. 表 5 lists the programmable offset configuration settings.
表 5. Programmable Offset Settings for the ASI Slot Start
P0_R8_D[4:0] : TX_OFFSET[4:0]
PROGRAMMABLE OFFSET SETTING FOR SLOT DATA TRANSMISSION START
0 0000 = 0d (default)
The device follows the standard protocol timing without any offset.
Slot start is offset by one BCLK cycle, as compared to standard protocol timing.
For I2S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by one BCLK cycle, as compared to
standard protocol timing.
0 0001 = 1d
......
......
Slot start is offset by 30 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing.
For I2S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by 30 BCLK cycles, as compared to
standard protocol timing.
1 1110 = 30d
Slot start is offset by 31 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing.
For I2S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by 31 BCLK cycles, as compared to
standard protocol timing.
1 1111 = 31d
The device also features the ability to invert the polarity of the frame sync pin, FSYNC, used to transfer the audio
data as compared to the default FSYNC polarity used in standard protocol timing. This feature can be set using
the FSYNC_POL, P0_R7_D3 register bit. Similarly, the device can invert the polarity of the bit clock pin, BCLK,
which can be set using the BCLK_POL, P0_R7_D2 register bit.
8.3.1.2.1 Time Division Multiplexed Audio (TDM) Interface
In TDM mode, also known as DSP mode, the rising edge of FSYNC starts the data transfer with the slot 0 data
first. Immediately after the slot 0 data transmission, the remaining slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC and
each data bit (except the MSB of slot 0 when TX_OFFSET equals 0) is transmitted on the rising edge of BCLK.
图 17 to 图 20 illustrate the protocol timing for TDM operation with various configurations.
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
Slot-1
(Word Length : N)
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
Slot-2 to Slot-7
(Word Length : N)
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
nth Sample
图 17. TDM Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1
2
1
0
Slot-1
(Word Length : N)
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
nth Sample
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
Slot-2 to Slot-7
(Word Length : N)
TX_OFFSET = 2
TX_OFFSET = 2
图 18. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 2)
20
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
FSYNC
BCLK
1
0
N-1
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
0
N-1 N-2
3
2
1
0
N-1
SDOUT
Slot-1
(Word Length : N)
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
Slot-2 to Slot-7
(Word Length : N)
TX_OFFSET = 2
nth Sample
图 19. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 2)
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
N-1 N-2 N-3
2
1
0
Slot-1
(Word Length : N)
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
Slot-2 to Slot-7
(Word Length : N)
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
nth Sample
图 20. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0 and BCLK_POL = 1)
For proper operation of the audio bus in TDM mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or
equal to the number of active output channels times the programmed word length of the output channel data.
The device supports FSYNC as a pulse with a 1-cycle-wide bit clock, but also supports multiples as well. For a
higher BCLK frequency operation, using TDM mode with a TX_OFFSET value higher than 0 is recommended.
8.3.1.2.2 Inter IC Sound (I2S) Interface
The standard I2S protocol is defined for only two channels: left and right. The device extends the same protocol
timing for multichannel operation. In I2S mode, the MSB of the left slot 0 is transmitted on the falling edge of
BCLK in the second cycle after the falling edge of FSYNC. Immediately after the left slot 0 data transmission, the
remaining left slot data are transmitted in order. The MSB of the right slot 0 is transmitted on the falling edge of
BCLK in the second cycle after the rising edge of FSYNC. Immediately after the right slot 0 data transmission,
the remaining right slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC and each data bit is transmitted on the falling edge
of BCLK. 图 21 to 图 24 illustrate the protocol timing for I2S operation with various configurations.
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
N-1 N-2
1
0
1
0
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
Right
Slot-0
Right
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
nth Sample
图 21. I2S Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0)
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
21
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1
N-1
1
0
1
0
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-2 to Slot-3
Right
Slot-0
Right
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
TX_OFFSET = 1
TX_OFFSET = 1
TX_OFFSET = 1
nth Sample
图 22. I2S Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 1)
FSYNC
BCLK
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1 N-2
0
0
N-1
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
SDOUT
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
Left
Slot-1 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
Right
Slot-1 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
nth Sample
图 23. I2S Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
N-1 N-2
1
0
1
0
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
Right
Slot-0
Right
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
nth Sample
图 24. I2S Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0 and BCLK_POL = 1)
For proper operation of the audio bus in I2S mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or
equal to the number of active output channels (including left and right slots) times the programmed word length
of the output channel data. The device FSYNC low pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater
than or equal to the number of active left slots times the data word length configured. Similarly, the FSYNC high
pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active right slots
times the data word length configured.
8.3.1.2.3 Left-Justified (LJ) Interface
The standard LJ protocol is defined for only two channels: left and right. The device extends the same protocol
timing for multichannel operation. In LJ mode, the MSB of the left slot 0 is transmitted in the same BCLK cycle
after the rising edge of FSYNC. Each subsequent data bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK.
Immediately after the left slot 0 data transmission, the remaining left slot data are transmitted in order. The MSB
of the right slot 0 is transmitted in the same BCLK cycle after the falling edge of FSYNC. Each subsequent data
bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Immediately after the right slot 0 data transmission, the remaining
right slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. 图 25 to 图 28
illustrate the protocol timing for LJ operation with various configurations.
22
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
N-1 N-2
1
0
1
0
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
Right
Slot-0
Right
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
nth Sample
图 25. LJ Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1
N-1
1
0
1
0
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-2 to Slot-3
Right
Slot-0
Right
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
TX_OFFSET = 2
TX_OFFSET = 2
TX_OFFSET = 2
nth Sample
图 26. LJ Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 2)
FSYNC
BCLK
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1 N-2
0
0
N-1
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
SDOUT
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
Left
Slot-1 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
Right
Slot-1 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
nth Sample
图 27. LJ Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 0)
FSYNC
BCLK
SDOUT
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1 N-2
1
0
N-1
1
0
N-1 N-2
N-1 N-2
1
0
1
0
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N)
Right
Slot-0
Right
Slot-2 to Slot-3
(Word Length : N) (Word Length : N)
Left
Slot-0
(Word Length : N)
(n+1)th Sample
TX_OFFSET = 1
TX_OFFSET = 1
TX_OFFSET = 1
nth Sample
图 28. LJ Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 1 and BCLK_POL = 1)
For proper operation of the audio bus in LJ mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or
equal to the number of active output channels (including left and right slots) times the programmed word length
of the output channel data. The device FSYNC high pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater
than or equal to the number of active left slots times the data word length configured. Similarly, the FSYNC low
pulse must be number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active right slots times
the data word length configured. For a higher BCLK frequency operation, using LJ mode with a TX_OFFSET
value higher than 0 is recommended.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
23
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.1.3 Using Multiple Devices With Shared Buses
The device has many supported features and flexible options that can be used in the system to seamlessly
connect multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices by sharing a single common I2C control bus and an audio serial
interface bus. This architecture enables multiple applications to be applied to a system that require a microphone
array for beam-forming operation, audio conferencing, noise cancellation, and so forth. 图 29 shows a diagram of
multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices in a configuration where the control and audio data buses are shared.
Control Bus œ I2C Interface
TLV320ADCx140
U1
TLV320ADCx140
U2
TLV320ADCx140
U3
TLV320ADCx140
U4
Host Processor
Audio Data Bus œ TDM, I2S, LJ Interface
图 29. Multiple TLV320ADC3140 Devices With Shared Control and Audio Data Buses
The TLV320ADC3140 consists of the following features to enable seamless connection and interaction of
multiple devices using a shared bus:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Supports up to four pin-programmable I2C slave addresses
I2C broadcast simultaneously writes to (or triggers) all TLV320ADC3140 devices
Supports up to 64 configuration output channel slots for the audio serial interface
Tri-state feature (with enable and disable) for the unused audio data slots of the device
Supports a bus-holder feature (with enable and disable) to keep the last driven value on the audio bus
The GPIO1 or GPOx pin can be configured as a secondary output data lane for the audio serial interface
The GPIO1 or GPIx pin can be used in a daisy-chain configuration of multiple TLV320ADC3140 devices
Supports one BCLK cycle data latching timing to relax the timing requirement for the high-speed interface
Programmable master and slave options for the audio serial interface
Ability to synchronize the multiple devices for the simultaneous sampling requirement across devices
See the Multiple TLV320ADCx140 Devices With a Shared TDM and I2C Bus application report for further details.
24
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.2 Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) and Clock Generation
The device has a smart auto-configuration block to generate all necessary internal clocks required for the ADC
modulator and the digital filter engine used for signal processing. This configuration is done by monitoring the
frequency of the FSYNC and BCLK signal on the audio bus.
The device supports the various output data sample rates (of the FSYNC signal frequency) and the BCLK to
FSYNC ratio to configure all clock dividers, including the PLL configuration, internally without host programming.
表 6 and 表 7 list the supported FSYNC and BCLK frequencies.
表 6. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 48 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies
BCLK (MHz)
BCLK TO
FSYNC
RATIO
FSYNC
(8 kHz)
FSYNC
(16 kHz)
FSYNC
(24 kHz)
FSYNC
(32 kHz)
FSYNC
(48 kHz)
FSYNC
(96 kHz)
FSYNC
(192 kHz)
FSYNC
(384 kHz)
FSYNC
(768 kHz)
16
24
Reserved
Reserved
0.256
0.256
0.384
0.512
0.768
1.024
1.536
2.048
3.072
4.096
6.144
8.192
16.384
Reserved
0.384
0.576
0.512
0.768
0.768
1.152
1.536
2.304
3.072
4.608
6.144
12.288
9.216
18.432
32
0.768
1.024
1.536
3.072
6.144
12.288
24.576
48
0.384
1.152
1.536
2.304
4.608
9.216
18.432
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
64
0.512
1.536
2.048
3.072
6.144
12.288
24.576
96
0.768
2.304
3.072
4.608
9.216
18.432
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
128
192
256
384
512
1024
2048
1.024
3.072
4.096
6.144
12.288
18.432
24.576
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
24.576
1.536
4.608
6.144
9.216
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
2.048
6.144
8.192
12.288
18.432
24.576
Reserved
Reserved
3.072
9.216
12.288
16.384
Reserved
Reserved
4.096
12.288
24.576
Reserved
8.192
16.384
表 7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies
BCLK (MHz)
BCLK TO
FSYNC
RATIO
FSYNC
(7.35 kHz)
FSYNC
FSYNC
FSYNC
FSYNC
(44.1 kHz)
FSYNC
FSYNC
FSYNC
FSYNC
(14.7 kHz) (22.05 kHz) (29.4 kHz)
(88.2 kHz) (176.4 kHz) (352.8 kHz) (705.6 kHz)
16
24
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0.3528
Reserved
0.3528
0.4704
0.7056
0.9408
1.4112
1.8816
2.8224
3.7632
5.6448
7.5264
15.0528
Reserved
0.3528
0.5292
0.7056
1.0584
1.4112
2.1168
2.8224
4.2336
5.6448
8.4672
11.2896
22.5792
Reserved
0.4704
0.7056
0.7056
1.0584
1.4112
2.1168
2.8224
4.2336
5.6448
8.4672
11.2896
16.9344
32
0.9408
1.4112
2.8224
5.6448
11.2896
22.5792
48
1.4112
2.1168
4.2336
8.4672
16.9344
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
64
0.4704
1.8816
2.8224
5.6448
11.2896
16.9344
22.5792
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
22.5792
96
0.7056
2.8224
4.2336
8.4672
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
128
192
256
384
512
1024
2048
0.9408
3.7632
5.6448
11.2896
16.9344
22.5792
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
1.4112
5.6448
8.4672
1.8816
7.5264
11.2896
16.9344
22.5792
Reserved
Reserved
2.8224
11.2896
15.0528
Reserved
Reserved
3.7632
7.5264
15.0528
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
25
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
The status register ASI_STS, P0_R21, captures the device auto detect result for the FSYNC frequency and the
BCLK to FSYNC ratio. If the device finds any unsupported combinations of FSYNC frequency and BCLK to
FSYNC ratios, the device generates an ASI clock-error interrupt and mutes the record channels accordingly.
The device uses an integrated, low-jitter, phase-locked loop (PLL) to generate internal clocks required for the
ADC modulator and digital filter engine, as well as other control blocks. The device also supports an option to
use BCLK, GPIO1, or the GPIx pin (as MCLK) as the audio clock source without using the PLL to reduce power
consumption. However, the ADC performance may degrade based on jitter from the external clock source, and
some processing features may not be supported if the external audio clock source frequency is not high enough.
Therefore, TI recommends using the PLL for high-performance applications. More details and information on how
to configure and use the device in low-power mode without using the PLL are discussed in the TLV320ADCx140
Operation for Low-Power Critical Applications application report.
The device also supports an audio bus master mode operation using the GPIO1 or GPIx pin (as MCLK) as the
reference input clock source and supports various flexible options and a wide variety of system clocks. More
details and information on master mode configuration and operation are discussed in the Configuring and
Operating the TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application report.
The audio bus clock error detection and auto-detect feature automatically generates all internal clocks, but can
be disabled using the ASI_ERR, P0_R9_D5 and AUTO_CLK_CFG, P0_R19_D6, register bits, respectively. In
the system, this disable feature can be used to support custom clock frequencies that are not covered by the
auto detect scheme. For such application use cases, care must be taken to ensure that the multiple clock
dividers are all configured appropriately. Therefore, TI recommends using the PPC3 GUI for device configuration
settings; for more details see the TLV320ADCx140 Evaluation module user's guide and the PurePath™ console
graphical development suite.
8.3.3 Input Channel Configurations
The device consists of four pairs of analog input pins (INxP and INxM) that can be configured as differential
inputs or single-ended inputs for the recording channel. The device supports simultaneous recording of up to four
channels using the high-performance multichannel ADC. The input source for the analog pins can be from
electret condenser analog microphones, microelectrical-mechanical system (MEMS) analog microphones, or line-
in (auxiliary) inputs from the system board. Additionally, if the application uses digital PDM microphones for the
recording, then the INxP and INxM pins can be reconfigured in the device to support up to eight channels for the
digital microphone recording. 表 8 shows the input source selection for the record channel.
表 8. Input Source Selection for the Record Channel
P0_R60_D[6:5] : CH1_INSRC[1:0]
INPUT CHANNEL 1 RECORD SOURCE SELECTION
Analog differential input for channel 1 (this setting is valid only when the GPI1 and GPO1 pin
functions are disabled)
00 (default)
Analog single-ended Input for channel 1 (this setting is valid only when the GPI1 and GPO1
pin functions are disabled)
01
Digital PDM input for channel 1 (configure the GPIx and GPOx pin accordingly for PDMDIN1
and PDMCLK)
10
11
Reserved (do not use this setting)
Similarly, the input source selection setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured
using the CH2_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R65_D[6:5]), CH3_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R70_D[6:5]), and CH4_INSRC[1:0]
(P0_R75_D[6:5]) register bits, respectively.
Typically, voice or audio signal inputs are capacitively coupled (AC-coupled) to the device; however, the device
also supports an option for DC-coupled inputs to save board space. This configuration can be done
independently for each channel by setting the CH1_DC (P0_R60_D4), CH2_DC (P0_R65_D4), CH3_DC
(P0_R70_D4), and CH4_DC (P0_R75_D4) register bits. The INM pin can be directly grounded in DC-coupled
mode (see 图 30), but the INM pin must be grounded after the AC-coupling capacitor in AC-coupled mode (see
图 31) for the single-ended input configuration. For the best dynamic range performance, the differential AC-
coupled input must be used.
26
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Line or
Line or
Microphone
Single-ended
Input
Microphone
Single-ended
Input
INxP
INxM
INxP
INxM
GND
图 31. Single-Ended AC-Coupled Input Connection
TLV320ADCx140
图 30. Single-Ended DC-Coupled Input Connection
TLV320ADCx140
GND
The device allows for flexibility in choosing the typical input impedance on INxP or INxM from 2.5 kΩ (default),
10 kΩ, and 20 kΩ based on the input source impedance. The higher input impedance results in slightly higher
noise or lower dynamic range. 表 9 lists the configuration register settings for the input impedance for the record
channel.
表 9. Input Impedance Selection for the Record Channel
P0_R60_D[3:2] : CH1_IMP[1:0]
CHANNEL 1 INPUT IMPEDANCE SELECTION
Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 2.5 kΩ on INxP or INxM
Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 10 kΩ on INxP or INxM
Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 20 kΩ on INxP or INxM
Reserved (do not use this setting)
00 (default)
01
10
11
Similarly, the input impedance selection setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured
using the CH2_IMP[1:0] (P0_R65_D[3:2]), CH3_IMP[1:0] (P0_R70_D[3:2]), and CH4_IMP[1:0] (P0_R75_D[3:2])
register bits, respectively.
The value of the coupling capacitor in AC-coupled mode must be chosen so that the high-pass filter formed by
the coupling capacitor and the input impedance do not affect the signal content. Before proper recording can
begin, this coupling capacitor must be charged up to the common-mode voltage at power-up. To enable quick
charging, the device has modes to speed up the charging of the coupling capacitor. The default value of the
quick-charge timing is set for a coupling capacitor up to 1 µF. However, if a higher-value capacitor is used in the
system, then the quick-charging timing can be increased by using the INCAP_QCHG (P0_R5_D[5:4]) register
bits. For best distortion performance, use the low-voltage coefficient capacitors for AC coupling. The input
impedance value of 2.5 kΩ is not supported for the DC-coupled input.
8.3.4 Reference Voltage
All audio data converters require a DC reference voltage. The TLV320ADC3140 achieves low-noise performance
by internally generating a low-noise reference voltage. This reference voltage is generated using a band-gap
circuit with high PSRR performance. This audio converter reference voltage must be filtered externally using a
minimum 1-µF capacitor connected from the VREF pin to analog ground (AVSS).
The value of this reference voltage can be configured using the P0_R59_D[1:0] register bits and must be set to
an appropriate value based on the desired full-scale input for the device and the AVDD supply voltage available
in the system. The default VREF value is set to 2.75 V, which in turn supports a 2-VRMS differential full-scale
input to the device. The required minimum AVDD voltage for this mode is 3 V. 表 10 lists the various VREF
settings supported along with required AVDD range and the supported full-scale input signal for that
configuration.
表 10. VREF Programmable Settings
VREF OUTPUT
VOLTAGE (Same as
Internal ADC VREF)
DIFFERENTIAL FULL-
SCALE INPUT
SINGLE-ENDED FULL-
SCALE INPUT
P0_R59_D[1:0] :
ADC_FSCALE[1:0]
AVDD RANGE
REQUIREMENT
SUPPORTED
SUPPORTED
00 (default)
2.75 V
2.5 V
2 VRMS
1.818 VRMS
1 VRMS
1 VRMS
0.909 VRMS
0.5 VRMS
Reserved
3 V to 3.6 V
2.8 V to 3.6 V
1.7 V to 1.9 V
Reserved
01
10
11
1.375 V
Reserved
Reserved
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
27
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
To achieve low-power consumption, this audio reference block is powered down as described in the Sleep Mode
or Software Shutdown section. When exiting sleep mode, the audio reference block is powered up using the
internal fast-charge scheme and the VREF pin settles to its steady-state voltage after the settling time (a function
of the decoupling capacitor on the VREF pin). This time is approximately equal to 3.5 ms when using a 1-μF
decoupling capacitor. If a higher-value decoupling capacitor is used on the VREF pin, the fast-charge setting
must be reconfigured using the VREF_QCHG, P0_R2_D[4:3] register bits, which support options of 3.5 ms
(default), 10 ms, 50 ms, or 100 ms.
8.3.5 Programmable Microphone Bias
The device integrates a built-in, low-noise microphone bias pin that can be used in the system for biasing
electret-condenser microphones or providing the supply to the MEMS analog or digital microphone. The
integrated bias amplifier supports up to 20 mA of load current that can be used for multiple microphones and is
designed to provide a combination of high PSRR, low noise, and programmable bias voltages to allow the
biasing to be fine tuned for specific microphone combinations.
When using this MICBIAS pin for biasing or supplying to multiple microphones, avoid any common impedance on
the board layout for the MICBIAS connection to minimize coupling across microphones. 表 11 shows the
available microphone bias programmable options.
表 11. MICBIAS Programmable Settings
P0_R59_D[6:4] : MBIAS_VAL[2:0]
P0_R59_D[1:0] : ADC_FSCALE[1:0]
MICBIAS OUTPUT VOLTAGE
2.75 V (same as the VREF output)
2.5 V (same as the VREF output)
1.375 V (same as the VREF output)
3.014 V (1.096 times the VREF output)
2.740 V (1.096 times the VREF output)
1.507 V (1.096 times the VREF output)
Reserved (do not use these settings)
Same as AVDD
00 (default)
000 (default)
01
10
00 (default)
001
01
10
010 to 101
110
XX
XX
XX
111
Reserved (do not use this setting)
The microphone bias output can be powered on or powered off (default) by configuring the MICBIAS_PDZ,
P0_R117_D7 register bit. Additionally, the device provides an option to configure the GPIO1 or GPIx pin to
directly control the microphone bias output powering on or off. This feature is useful to control the microphone
directly without engaging the host for I2C or SPI communication. The MICBIAS_PDZ, P0_R117_D7 register bit
value is ignored if the GPIO1 or GPIx pin is configured to set the microphone bias on or off.
28
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6 Signal-Chain Processing
The TLV320ADC3140 signal chain is comprised of very-low-noise, high-performance, and low-power analog
blocks and highly flexible and programmable digital processing blocks. The high performance and flexibility
combined with a compact package makes the TLV320ADC3140 optimized for a variety of end-equipments and
applications that require multichannel audio capture. 图 32 shows a conceptual block diagram that highlights the
various building blocks used in the signal chain, and how the blocks interact in the signal chain.
PDMCLK
PDM
Interface
PDMIN
Digital Microphone
M
U
X
Phase
Calibration
Decimation
Filters
INP
INM
PGA
ADC
Output
Channel
Data to ASI
Gain
Calibration
Digital
Summer/Mixer
Biquad
Filters
Digital Volume
Control (DVC)
HPF
Other Input Channels Processed Data
after Gain Calibration
图 32. Signal-Chain Processing Flowchart
The front-end PGA is very low noise, with a 120-dB dynamic range performance. Along with a low-noise and low-
distortion, multibit, delta-sigma ADC, the front-end PGA enables the TLV320ADC3140 to record a far-field audio
signal with very high fidelity, both in quiet and loud environments. Moreover, the ADC architecture has inherent
antialias filtering with a high rejection of out-of-band frequency noise around multiple modulator frequency
components. Therefore, the device prevents noise from aliasing into the audio band during ADC sampling.
Further on in the signal chain, an integrated, high-performance multistage digital decimation filter sharply cuts off
any out-of-band frequency noise with high stop-band attenuation.
The device also has an integrated programmable biquad filter that allows for custom low-pass, high-pass, or any
other desired frequency shaping. Thus, the overall signal chain architecture removes the requirement to add
external components for antialiasing low-pass filtering, and thus saves drastically on the external system
component cost and board space. See the TLV320ADCx140 Integrated Analog Antialiasing Filter and Flexible
Digital Filter application report for further details.
The signal chain also consists of various highly programmable digital processing blocks such as phase
calibration, gain calibration, high-pass filter, digital summer or mixer, biquad filters, and volume control. The
details on these processing blocks are discussed further in this section. The device also supports up to eight
digital PDM microphone recording channels when the analog record channels are not used. Channels 1 to 4 in
the signal chain block diagram of 图 32 are as described in this section, however, channels 5 to 8 only support
the digital microphone recording option and do not support the digital summer or mixer option.
The desired input channels for recording can be enabled or disabled by using the IN_CH_EN (P0_R115)
register, and the output channels for the audio serial interface can be enabled or disabled by using the
ASI_OUT_EN (P0_R116) register. In general, the device supports simultaneous power-up and power-down of all
active channels for simultaneous recording. However, based on the application needs, if some channels must be
powered-up or powered-down dynamically when the other channel recording is on, then that use case is
supported by setting the DYN_CH_PUPD_EN, P0_R117_D4 register bit to 1'b1.
The device supports an input signal bandwidth up to 80 kHz, which allows the high-frequency non-audio signal to
be recorded by using a 176.4-kHz (or higher) sample rate.
For output sample rates of 48 kHz or lower, the device supports all features for 8-channel recording and various
programmable processing blocks. However, for output sample rates higher than 48 kHz, there are limitations in
the number of simultaneous channel recordings supported and the number of biquad filters and such. See the
TLV320ADCx140 Sampling Rates and Programmable Processing Blocks Supported application report for further
details.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
29
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.6.1 Programmable Channel Gain and Digital Volume Control
The device has an independent programmable channel gain setting for each input channel that can be set to the
appropriate value based on the maximum input signal expected in the system and the ADC VREF setting used
(see the Reference Voltage section), which determines the ADC full-scale signal level.
Configure the desired channel gain setting before powering up the ADC channel and do not change this setting
while the ADC is powered on. The programmable range supported for each channel gain is from 0 dB to 42 dB in
steps of 1 dB. To achieve low-noise performance, the device internal logic first maximizes the gain for the front-
end low-noise analog PGA, which supports a dynamic range of 120 dB, and then applies any residual
programmed channel gain in the digital processing block.
表 12 shows the programmable options available for the channel gain.
表 12. Channel Gain Programmable Settings
P0_R61_D[7:2] : CH1_GAIN[5:0]
00 0000 = 0d (default)
00 0001 = 1d
CHANNEL GAIN SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1
Input channel 1 gain is set to 0 dB
Input channel 1 gain is set to 1 dB
Input channel 1 gain is set to 2 dB
…
00 0010 = 2d
…
10 1001 = 41d
Input channel 1 gain is set to 41 dB
Input channel 1 gain is set to 42 dB
Reserved (do not use these settings)
10 1010 = 42d
10 1011 to 11 1111 = 43d to 63d
Similarly, the channel gain setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the
CH2_GAIN (P0_R66), CH3_GAIN (P0_R71), and CH4_GAIN (P0_R76) register bits, respectively. The channel
gain feature is not available for the digital microphone record path.
The device also has a programmable digital volume control with a range from –100 dB to 27 dB in steps of
0.5 dB with the option to mute the channel recording. The digital volume control value can be changed
dynamically while the ADC channel is powered-up and recording. During volume control changes, the soft ramp-
up or ramp-down volume feature is used internally to avoid any audible artifacts. Soft-stepping can be entirely
disabled using the DISABLE_SOFT_STEP (P0_R108_D4) register bit.
The digital volume control setting is independently available for each output channel, including the digital
microphone record channel. However, the device also supports an option to gang-up the volume control setting
for all channels together using the channel 1 digital volume control setting, regardless if channel 1 is powered up
or powered down. This gang-up can be enabled using the DVOL_GANG (P0_R108_D7) register bit.
表 13 shows the programmable options available for the digital volume control.
表 13. Digital Volume Control (DVC) Programmable Settings
P0_R62_D[7:0] : CH1_DVOL[7:0]
0000 0000 = 0d
0000 0001 = 1d
0000 0010 = 2d
0000 0011 = 3d
…
DVC SETTING FOR OUTPUT CHANNEL 1
Output channel 1 DVC is set to mute
Output channel 1 DVC is set to –100 dB
Output channel 1 DVC is set to –99.5 dB
Output channel 1 DVC is set to –99 dB
…
1100 1000 = 200d
1100 1001 = 201d (default)
1100 1010 = 202d
…
Output channel 1 DVC is set to –0.5 dB
Output channel 1 DVC is set to 0 dB
Output channel 1 DVC is set to 0.5 dB
…
1111 1101 = 253d
1111 1110 = 254d
1111 1111 = 255d
Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26 dB
Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26.5 dB
Output channel 1 DVC is set to 27 dB
30
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Similarly, the digital volume control setting for output channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the
CH2_DVOL (P0_R67) to CH8_DVOL (P0_R97) register bits, respectively.
The internal digital processing engine soft ramps up the volume from a muted level to the programmed volume
level when the channel is powered up, and the internal digital processing engine soft ramps down the volume
from a programmed volume to mute when the channel is powered down. This soft-stepping of volume is done to
prevent abruptly powering up and powering down the record channel. This feature can also be entirely disabled
using the DISABLE_SOFT_STEP (P0_R108_D4) register bit.
8.3.6.2 Programmable Channel Gain Calibration
Along with the programmable channel gain and digital volume, this device also provides programmable channel
gain calibration. The gain of each channel can be finely calibrated or adjusted in steps of 0.1 dB for a range of
–0.8-dB to 0.7-dB gain error. This adjustment is useful when trying to match the gain across channels resulting
from external components and microphone sensitivity. This feature, in combination with the regular digital volume
control, allows the gains across all channels to be matched for a wide gain error range with a resolution of
0.1 dB. 表 14 shows the programmable options available for the channel gain calibration.
表 14. Channel Gain Calibration Programmable Settings
P0_R63_D[7:4] : CH1_GCAL[3:0]
CHANNEL GAIN CALIBRATION SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1
Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
…
0000 = 0d
0001 = 1d
…
1000 = 8d (default)
…
Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0 dB
…
1110 = 14d
1111 = 15d
Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
Similarly, the channel gain calibration setting for input channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the
CH2_GCAL (P0_R68) to CH8_GCAL (P0_R98) register bits, respectively.
8.3.6.3 Programmable Channel Phase Calibration
In addition to the gain calibration, the phase delay in each channel can be finely calibrated or adjusted in steps of
one modulator clock cycle for a cycle range of 0 to 255 for the phase error. The modulator clock, the same clock
used for ADC_MOD_CLK, is 6.144 MHz (the output data sample rate is multiples or submultiples of 48 kHz) or
5.6448 MHz (the output data sample rate is multiples or submultiples of 44.1 kHz) irrespective of the analog
microphone or digital microphone use case. This feature is very useful for many applications that must match the
phase with fine resolution between each channel, including any phase mismatch across channels resulting from
external components or microphones. 表 15 shows the available programmable options for channel phase
calibration.
表 15. Channel Phase Calibration Programmable Settings
P0_R64_D[7:0] : CH1_PCAL[7:0]
0000 0000 = 0d (default)
0000 0001 = 1d
CHANNEL PHASE CALIBRATION SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1
Input channel 1 phase calibration with no delay
Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
…
0000 0010 = 2d
…
1111 1110 = 254d
1111 1111 = 255d
Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to 254 cycles of the modulator clock
Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
Similarly, the channel phase calibration setting for input channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the
CH2_PCAL (P0_R69) to CH8_PCAL (P0_R99) register bits, respectively.
The phase calibration feature must not be used when the analog input and PDM input are used together for
simultaneous conversion.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
31
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.6.4 Programmable Digital High-Pass Filter
To remove the DC offset component and attenuate the undesired low-frequency noise content in the record data,
the device supports a programmable high-pass filter (HPF). The HPF is not a channel-independent filter setting
but is globally applicable for all ADC channels. This HPF is constructed using the first-order infinite impulse
response (IIR) filter, and is efficient enough to filter out possible DC components of the signal. 表 16 shows the
predefined –3-dB cutoff frequencies available that can be set by using the HPF_SEL[1:0] register bits of
P0_R107. Additionally, to achieve a custom –3-dB cutoff frequency for a specific application, the device also
allows the first-order IIR filter coefficients to be programmed when the HPF_SEL[1:0] register bits are set to
2'b00. 图 33 illustrates a frequency response plot for the HPF filter.
表 16. HPF Programmable Settings
P0_R107_D[1:0] :
HPF_SEL[1:0]
-3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY
SETTING
-3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY AT
16-kHz SAMPLE RATE
-3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY AT
48-kHz SAMPLE RATE
00
01 (default)
10
Programmable 1st-order IIR filter
0.00025 × fS
Programmable 1st-order IIR filter
Programmable 1st-order IIR filter
4 Hz
32 Hz
128 Hz
12 Hz
96 Hz
0.002 × fS
11
0.008 × fS
384 Hz
3
0
-3
-6
-9
-12
-15
-18
-21
-24
-27
-30
-33
-36
-39
-42
-45
5E-5
HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.00025 ì fS
HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.002 ì fS
HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.008 ì fS
0.0001
0.0005
0.001
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0.005
0.01
0.05
D003
图 33. HPF Filter Frequency Response Plot
公式 1 gives the transfer function for the first-order programable IIR filter:
00 + 01VF1
231 F &1VF1
: ;
* V =
(1)
The frequency response for this first-order programmable IIR filter with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB
(all-pass filter). The host device can override the frequency response by programming the IIR coefficients in 表
17 to achieve the desired frequency response for high-pass filtering or any other desired filtering. If
HPF_SEL[1:0] are set to 2'b00, the host device must write these coefficients values for the desired frequency
response before powering-up any ADC channel for recording. 表 17 shows the filter coefficients for the first-order
IIR filter.
表 17. 1st-Order IIR Filter Coefficients
FILTER
COEFFICIENT
DEFAULT COEFFICIENT
VALUE
COEFFICIENT REGISTER
MAPPING
FILTER
N0
N1
D1
0x7FFFFFFF
0x00000000
0x00000000
P4_R72-R75
P4_R76-R79
P4_R80-R83
Programmable 1st-order IIR filter (can be
allocated to HPF or any other desired filter)
32
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.5 Programmable Digital Biquad Filters
The device supports up to 12 programmable digital biquad filters. These highly efficient filters achieve the desired
frequence response. In digital signal processing, a digital biquad filter is a second-order, recursive linear filter
with two poles and two zeros. 公式 2 gives the transfer function of each biquad filter:
00 + 201VF1 + 02VF2
231 F 2&1VF1 F &2VF2
: ;
* V =
(2)
The frequency response for the biquad filter section with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB (all-pass
filter). The host device can override the frequency response by programming the biquad coefficients to achieve
the desired frequency response for a low-pass, high-pass, or any other desired frequency shaping. The
programmable coefficients for the mixer operation are located in the Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page =
0x02 and Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x03 sections. If biquad filtering is required, then the host
device must write these coefficients values before powering up any ADC channels for recording. As described in
表 18, these biquad filters can be allocated for each output channel based on the BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] register
setting of P0_R108. By setting BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] to 2'b00, the biquad filtering for all record channels is disabled
and the host device can choose this setting if no additional filtering is required for the system application. See the
TLV320ADCx140 Programmable Biquad Filter Configuration and Applications application report for further
details.
表 18. Biquad Filter Allocation to the Record Output Channel
RECORD OUTPUT CHANNEL ALLOCATION USING P0_R108_D[6:5] REGISTER SETTING
BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] = 2'b01
(1 Biquad per Channel)
BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] = 2'b10 (Default)
(2 Biquads per Channel)
BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] = 2'b11
(3 Biquads per Channel)
PROGRAMMABLE
BIQUAD FILTER
SUPPORTS ALL 8 CHANNELS
Allocated to output channel 1
Allocated to output channel 2
Allocated to output channel 3
Allocated to output channel 4
Not used
SUPPORTS UP TO 6 CHANNELS
Allocated to output channel 1
Allocated to output channel 2
Allocated to output channel 3
Allocated to output channel 4
Allocated to output channel 1
Allocated to output channel 2
Allocated to output channel 3
Allocated to output channel 4
Allocated to output channel 5
Allocated to output channel 6
Allocated to output channel 5
Allocated to output channel 6
SUPPORTS UP TO 4 CHANNELS
Allocated to output channel 1
Allocated to output channel 2
Allocated to output channel 3
Allocated to output channel 4
Allocated to output channel 1
Allocated to output channel 2
Allocated to output channel 3
Allocated to output channel 4
Allocated to output channel 1
Allocated to output channel 2
Allocated to output channel 3
Allocated to output channel 4
Biquad filter 1
Biquad filter 2
Biquad filter 3
Biquad filter 4
Biquad filter 5
Biquad filter 6
Biquad filter 7
Biquad filter 8
Biquad filter 9
Biquad filter 10
Biquad filter 11
Biquad filter 12
Not used
Not used
Not used
Allocated to output channel 5
Allocated to output channel 6
Allocated to output channel 7
Allocated to output channel 8
表 19 shows the biquad filter coefficients mapping to the register space.
表 19. Biquad Filter Coefficients Register Mapping
PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD
FILTER
BIQUAD FILTER COEFFICIENTS
REGISTER MAPPING
PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD
FILTER
BIQUAD FILTER COEFFICIENTS
REGISTER MAPPING
Biquad filter 1
Biquad filter 2
Biquad filter 3
Biquad filter 4
Biquad filter 5
Biquad filter 6
P2_R8-R27
P2_R28-R47
P2_R48-R67
P2_R68-R87
P2_R88-R107
P2_R108-R127
Biquad filter 7
Biquad filter 8
Biquad filter 9
Biquad filter 10
Biquad filter 11
Biquad filter 12
P3_R8-R27
P3_R28-R47
P3_R48-R67
P3_R68-R87
P3_R88-R107
P3_R108-R127
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
33
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.6.6 Programmable Channel Summer and Digital Mixer
For applications that require an even higher SNR than that supported for each channel, the device digital
summing mode can be used. In this mode, the digital record data are summed up across the channel with an
equal weightage factor, which helps in reducing the effective record noise. 表 20 lists the configuration settings
available for channel summing mode.
表 20. Channel Summing Mode Programmable Settings
SNR AND DYNAMIC RANGE
P0_R107_D[3:2] : CH_SUM[2:0]
CHANNEL SUMMING MODE FOR INPUT CHANNELS
Channel summing mode is disabled
BOOST
00 (Default)
Not applicable
Output channel 1 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2) / 2
Output channel 2 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2) / 2
Output channel 3 = (input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 2
Output channel 4 = (input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 2
Output channel 5 = (input channel 5 + input channel 6) / 2
Output channel 6 = (input channel 5 + input channel 6) / 2
Around 3-dB boost in SNR and
dynamic range
01
Output channel 1 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input
channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4
Output channel 2 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input
channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4
Around 6-dB boost in SNR and
dynamic range
10
11
Output channel 3 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input
channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4
Output channel 4 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input
channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4
Reserved (do not use this setting)
Not applicable
The device additionally supports a fully programmable mixer feature that can mix the various input channels with
their custom programmable scale factor to generate the final output channels. The programmable mixer feature
is available only if CH_SUM[2:0] is set to 2'b00. The mixer function is only supported for input channel 1 to
channel 4. 图 34 shows a block diagram that describes the mixer 1 operation to generate output channel 1. The
programmable coefficients for the mixer operation are located in the Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page =
0x04 section.
Attenuated by
Input Channel-1
MIX1_CH1
Processed Data
factor
Attenuated by
Input Channel-2
Processed Data
MIX1_CH2
factor
Output Channel-1
Routed to Bi-Quad
Filter
+
Attenuated by
MIX1_CH3
factor
Input Channel-3
Processed Data
Attenuated by
MIX1_CH4
factor
Input Channel-4
Processed Data
图 34. Programmable Digital Mixer Block Diagram
A similar mixer operation is performed by mixer 2, mixer 3, and mixer 4 to generate output channel 2, channel 3,
and channel 4, respectively.
34
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7 Configurable Digital Decimation Filters
The device record channel includes a high dynamic range, built-in digital decimation filter to process the
oversampled data from the multibit delta-sigma (ΔΣ) modulator to generate digital data at the same Nyquist
sampling rate as the FSYNC rate. As illustrated in 图 32, this decimation filter can also be used for processing
the oversampled PDM stream from the digital microphone. The decimation filter can be chosen from three
different types, depending on the required frequency response, group delay, and phase linearity requirements for
the target application. The selection of the decimation filter option can be done by configuring the DECI_FILT,
P0_R107_D[5:4] register bits. 表 21 shows the configuration register setting for the decimation filter mode
selection for the record channel.
表 21. Decimation Filter Mode Selection for the Record Channel
P0_R107_D[5:4] : DECI_FILT[1:0]
DECIMATION FILTER MODE SELECTION
Linear phase filters are used for the decimation
00 (default)
01
10
11
Low latency filters are used for the decimation
Ultra-low latency filters are used for the decimation
Reserved (do not use this setting)
8.3.6.7.1 Linear Phase Filters
The linear phase decimation filters are the default filters set by the device and can be used for all applications
that require a perfect linear phase with zero-phase deviation within the pass-band specification of the filter. The
filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates are listed in this
section.
8.3.6.7.1.1 Sampling Rate: 8 kHz or 7.35 kHz
图 35 and 图 36 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 8 kHz or 7.35 kHz. 表 22 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an
8-kHz or 7.35-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
D001
D001
图 35. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 36. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 22. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
–0.05
72.7
81.2
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
17.1
1/fS
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
35
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.6.7.1.2 Sampling Rate: 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz
图 37 and 图 38 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. 表 23 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 16-kHz or 14.7-
kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
D001
D001
图 37. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 38. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 23. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
–0.05
73.3
95.0
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
15.7
1/fS
8.3.6.7.1.3 Sampling Rate: 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz
图 39 and 图 40 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz. 表 24 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 24-kHz or
22.05-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
D001
D001
图 39. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 40. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 24. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
–0.05
73.0
96.4
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
16.6
1/fS
36
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7.1.4 Sampling Rate: 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz
图 41 and 图 42 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz. 表 25 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 32-kHz or 29.4-
kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
D001
D001
图 41. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 42. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 25. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
–0.05
73.7
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
107.2
16.9
1/fS
8.3.6.7.1.5 Sampling Rate: 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz
图 43 and 图 44 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. 表 26 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 48-kHz or 44.1-
kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
D001
D001
图 43. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 44. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 26. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
–0.05
73.8
98.1
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
17.1
1/fS
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
37
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.6.7.1.6 Sampling Rate: 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz
图 45 and 图 46 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz. 表 27 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 96-kHz or 88.2-
kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
D001
D001
图 45. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 46. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 27. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS
–0.05
73.6
97.9
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
17.1
1/fS
8.3.6.7.1.7 Sampling Rate: 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz
图 47 and 图 48 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz. 表 28 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 192-kHz or
176.4-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
D001
D001
图 47. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 48. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 28. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.3 × fS
Frequency range is 0.473 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.3 × fS
–0.05
70.0
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
111.0
11.9
1/fS
38
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7.1.8 Sampling Rate: 384 kHz or 352.8 kHz
图 49 and 图 50 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 384 kHz or 352.8 kHz. 表 29 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 384-kHz or
352.8-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0.2
0.25
0.3
D001
D001
图 49. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 50. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 29. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.212 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS
Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.212 × fS
–0.05
70.0
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
dB
108.8
7.2
1/fS
8.3.6.7.1.9 Sampling Rate 768 kHz or 705.6 kHz
图 51 and 图 52 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a
sampling rate of 768 kHz or 705.6 kHz. 表 30 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 768-kHz or
705.6-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
0
0.05
0.1
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0.15
0.2
D001
D001
图 51. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
图 52. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
表 30. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.113 × fS
Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 2 × fS
Frequency range is 2 × fS onwards
–0.05
75.0
88.0
0.05
dB
Stop-band attenuation
dB
Group Delay or Latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.113 × fS
5.9
1/fS
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
39
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.6.7.2 Low-Latency Filters
For applications where low latency with minimal phase deviation (within the audio band) is critical, the low-
latency decimation filters on the TLV320ADC3140 can be used. The device supports these filters with a group
delay of approximately seven samples with an almost linear phase response within the 0.365 × fS frequency
band. This section provides the filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output
sampling rates for the low-latency filters.
8.3.6.7.2.1 Sampling Rate: 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz
图 53 shows the magnitude response and 图 54 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. 表 31 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D002
图 54. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
D002
and Phase Deviation
图 53. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
表 31. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.451 × fS
Frequency range is 0.61 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × fS
MIN
–0.05
87.3
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
0.05
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
7.6
1/fS
–0.022
–0.21
0.022
0.25
1/fS
Degrees
40
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7.2.2 Sampling Rate: 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz
图 55 shows the magnitude response and 图 56 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz. 表 32 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 24-kHz or 22.05-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D002
图 56. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
D002
and Phase Deviation
图 55. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
表 32. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
–0.01
87.2
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Frequency range is 0 to 0.459 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
0.01
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
7.5
1/fS
–0.026
–0.26
0.026
0.30
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.2.3 Sampling Rate: 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz
图 57 shows the magnitude response and 图 58 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz. 表 33 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 32-kHz or 29.4-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D002
图 58. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
D002
and Phase Deviation
图 57. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
41
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
表 33. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
–0.04
88.3
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Frequency range is 0 to 0.457 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × fS
0.04
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
8.7
1/fS
–0.026
–0.26
0.026
0.31
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.2.4 Sampling Rate: 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz
图 59 shows the magnitude response and 图 60 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. 表 34 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 48-kHz or 44.1-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D002
图 60. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
D002
and Phase Deviation
图 59. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
表 34. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.452 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
MIN
–0.015
86.4
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
0.015
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
7.7
1/fS
–0.027
–0.25
0.027
0.30
1/fS
Degrees
42
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7.2.5 Sampling Rate: 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz
图 61 shows the magnitude response and 图 62 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz. 表 35 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 96-kHz or 88.2-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D002
图 62. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
D002
and Phase Deviation
图 61. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
表 35. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.466 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
MIN
–0.04
86.3
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
0.04
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
7.7
1/fS
–0.027
–0.26
0.027
0.30
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.2.6 Sampling Rate 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz
图 63 shows the magnitude response and 图 64 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz. 表 36 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 192-kHz or 176.4-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D002
图 64. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple
D002
and Phase Deviation
图 63. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
43
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
表 36. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 463 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS
MIN
–0.03
85.6
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
0.03
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
7.7
1/fS
–0.027
–0.26
0.027
0.30
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.3 Ultra-Low-Latency Filters
For applications where ultra-low latency (within the audio band) is critical, the ultra-low-latency decimation filters
on the TLV320ADC3140 can be used. The device supports these filters with a group delay of approximately four
samples with an almost linear phase response within the 0.325 × fS frequency band. This section provides the
filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates for the ultra-low-latency
filters.
8.3.6.7.3.1 Sampling Rate: 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz
图 65 shows the magnitude response and 图 66 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. 表 37 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
25
20
15
10
5
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D003
D003
图 66. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
图 65. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Ripple and Phase Deviation
Response
表 37. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.45 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
MIN
–0.05
87.2
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Pass-band ripple
0.05
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
4.3
1/fS
–0.512
–10.0
0.512
14.2
1/fS
Degrees
44
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7.3.2 Sampling Rate: 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz
图 67 shows the magnitude response and 图 68 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz. 表 38 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 24-kHz or 22.05-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
25
20
15
10
5
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D003
D003
图 68. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
图 67. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Ripple and Phase Deviation
Response
表 38. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.46 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
MIN
–0.01
87.1
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Pass-band ripple
0.01
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
4.1
1/fS
–0.514
–10.0
0.514
14.3
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.3.3 Sampling Rate: 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz
图 69 shows the magnitude response and 图 70 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 32 kHz or 29.4 kHz. 表 39 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with an 32-kHz or 29.4-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
25
20
15
10
5
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D003
D003
图 70. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
图 69. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Ripple and Phase Deviation
Response
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
45
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
表 39. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
–0.04
88.3
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Frequency range is 0 to 0.457 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
0.04
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
5.2
1/fS
–0.492
–9.5
0.492
13.5
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.3.4 Sampling Rate: 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz
图 71 shows the magnitude response and 图 72 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. 表 40 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 48-kHz or 44.1-kHz sampling rate.
10
0
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
25
20
15
10
5
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D003
D003
图 72. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
图 71. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Ripple and Phase Deviation
Response
表 40. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.452 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS
MIN
–0.015
86.4
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Pass-band ripple
0.015
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
4.1
1/fS
–0.525
–10.3
0.525
14.5
1/fS
Degrees
46
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.6.7.3.5 Sampling Rate: 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz
图 73 shows the magnitude response and 图 74 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz. 表 41 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 96-kHz or 88.2-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
5
10
0
4
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
3
2
1
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D003
D003
图 74. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
图 73. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Ripple and Phase Deviation
Response
表 41. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
–0.04
86.3
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Pass-band ripple
Frequency range is 0 to 0.466 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.1625 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.1625 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.1625 × fS
0.04
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
3.7
1/fS
–0.091
–0.86
0.091
1.30
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.3.6 Sampling Rate 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz
图 75 shows the magnitude response and 图 76 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz. 表 42 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 192-kHz or 176.4-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
5
10
0
4
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
3
2
1
0
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D003
D003
图 76. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
图 75. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Ripple and Phase Deviation
Response
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
47
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
表 42. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
Pass-band ripple
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.463 × fS
Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × fS
MIN
–0.03
85.6
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
0.03
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
3.7
1/fS
–0.024
–0.12
0.024
0.18
1/fS
Degrees
8.3.6.7.3.7 Sampling Rate 384 kHz or 352.8 kHz
图 77 shows the magnitude response and 图 78 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a
decimation filter with a sampling rate of 384 kHz or 352.8 kHz. 表 43 lists the specifications for a decimation filter
with a 384-kHz or 352.8-kHz sampling rate.
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
2
10
0
1.6
1.2
0.8
0.4
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
-80
-90
-100
-110
-0.1
-0.2
-0.3
-0.4
-0.5
-0.4
-0.8
-1.2
-1.6
-2
Pass-Band Ripple
Phase Deviation
0
0.05
0.1 0.15
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
0.2
0.25
0
0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
2
Normalized Frequency (1/fS)
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6
4
D002
图 78. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band
D002
Ripple and Phase Deviation
图 77. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude
Response
表 43. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.1 × fS
Frequency range is 0.56 × fS onwards
Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × fS
Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × fS
MIN
–0.04
70.1
TYP
MAX
UNIT
dB
Pass-band ripple
0.01
Stop-band attenuation
Group delay or latency
Group delay deviation
Phase deviation
dB
4.1
1/fS
–0.18
–0.85
0.18
2.07
1/fS
Degrees
48
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.7 Automatic Gain Controller (AGC)
The device includes an automatic gain controller (AGC) for ADC recording. As shown in 图 79, the AGC can be
used to maintain a nominally constant output level when recording speech. Instead of manually setting the
channel gain in AGC mode, the circuitry automatically adjusts the channel gain when the input signal becomes
overly loud or very weak, such as when a person speaking into a microphone moves closer to or farther from the
microphone. The AGC algorithm has several programmable parameters, including target level, maximum gain
allowed, attack and release (or decay) time constants, and noise thresholds that allow the algorithm to be fine-
tuned for any particular application.
Input
Signal
Output
Signal
Target
Level
AGC
Gain
Decay Time
Attack
Time
图 79. AGC Characteristics
The target level (AGC_LVL) represents the nominal approximate output level at which the AGC attempts to hold
the ADC output signal level. The TLV320ADC3140 allows programming of different target levels, which can be
programmed from –6 dB to –36 dB relative to a full-scale signal, and the AGC_LVL default value is set to
–34 dB. The target level is recommended to be set with enough margin to prevent clipping when loud sounds
occur. 表 44 lists the AGC target level configuration settings.
表 44. AGC Target Level Programmable Settings
P0_R112_D[7:4] : AGC_LVL[3:0]
AGC TARGET LEVEL FOR OUTPUT
The AGC target level is the –6-dB output signal level
0000
0001
The AGC target level is the –8-dB output signal level
The AGC target level is the –10-dB output signal level
…
0010
…
1110 (default)
1111
The AGC target level is the –34-dB output signal level
The AGC target level is the –36-dB output signal level
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
49
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
The maximum gain allowed (AGC_MAXGAIN) gives flexibility to the designer to restrict the maximum gain
applied by the AGC. This feature limits the channel gain in situations where environmental noise is greater than
the programmed noise threshold. The AGC_MAXGAIN can be programmed from 3 dB to 42 dB with steps of 3
dB and the default value is set to 24 dB. 表 45 lists the AGC_MAXGAIN configuration settings.
表 45. AGC Maximum Gain Programmable Settings
P0_R112_D[3:0] : AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0]
AGC MAXIMUM GAIN ALLOWED
The AGC maximum gain allowed is 3 dB
0000
0001
The AGC maximum gain allowed is 6 dB
The AGC maximum gain allowed is 9 dB
…
0010
…
0111 (default)
…
The AGC maximum gain allowed is 24 dB
…
1110
The AGC maximum gain allowed is 39 dB
The AGC maximum gain allowed is 42 dB
1111
For further details on the AGC various configurable parameter and application use, see the Using the Automatic
Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140 application report.
50
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.3.8 Digital PDM Microphone Record Channel
In addition to supporting analog microphones, the device also interfaces to digital pulse-density-modulation
(PDM) microphones and uses high-order and high-performance decimation filters to generate pulse code
modulation (PCM) output data that can be transmitted on the audio serial interface to the host. If analog
microphones are not used in the system, then the analog input pins (INxP and INxM) can be repurposed as the
GPIx and GPOx pins respectively and can be configured for the PDMDINx and PDMCLK clocks for digital PDM
microphone recording. The device supports up to eight digital microphone recording channels.
The device internally generates PCMCLK with a programmable frequency of either 6.144 MHz, 3.072 MHz,
1.536 MHz, or 768 kHz (for output data sample rates in multiples or submultiples of 48 kHz) or 5.6448 MHz,
2.8224 MHz, 1.4112 MHz, or 705.6 kHz (for output data sample rates in multiples or submultiples of 44.1 kHz)
using the PDMCLK_DIV[1:0], P0_R31_D[1:0] register bits. PDMCLK can be routed on the GPOx pin. This clock
can be connected to the external digital microphone device. 图 80 shows a connection diagram of the digital
PDM microphones.
VDD
VDD
VDD
IOVDD
DATA
Digital
PDM
SEL Microphone
U1
CLK
GND
GND
TLV320ADCx140
VDD
VDD
GPIx (PDMDINx)
GPOx (PDMCLK)
DATA
CLK
Digital
PDM
SEL Microphone
U2
GND
GND
图 80. Digital PDM Microphones Connection Diagram to the TLV320ADC3140
The single-bit output of the external digital microphone device can be connected to the GPIx pin. This single data
line can be shared by two digital microphones to place their data on the opposite edge of PDMCLK. Internally,
the device latches the steady value of the data on the rising edge of PDMCLK or the falling edge of PDMCLK
based on the configuration register bits set in P0_R32_D[7:4]. 图 81 shows the digital PDM microphone interface
timing diagram.
PDMCLK
PDMDINx
D1[n]
D2[n]
D1[n+1]
D2[n+1]
D1[n+2]
Mic-1
Data
Mic-2
Data
Mic-1
Data
Mic-2
Data
Mic-1
Data
(n+1)th Sample
(n+2)th Sample
nth Sample
图 81. Digital PDM Microphone Protocol Timing Diagram
When the digital microphone is used for recording, the analog blocks of the respective ADC channel are powered
down and bypassed for power efficiency. Use the CH1_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R60_D[6:5]), CH2_INSRC[1:0]
(P0_R65_D[6:5]), CH3_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R70_D[6:5]), and CH4_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R75_D[6:5]) register bits to
select the analog microphone or digital microphone for channel 1 to channel 4.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
51
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.3.9 Interrupts, Status, and Digital I/O Pin Multiplexing
Certain events in the device may require host processor intervention and can be used to trigger interrupts to the
host processor. One such event is an audio serial interface (ASI) bus error. The device powers down the record
channels if any faults are detected with the ASI bus error clocks, such as:
•
•
•
Invalid FSYNC frequency
Invalid SBCLK to FSYNC ratio
Long pauses of the SBCLK or FSYNC clocks
When an ASI bus clock error is detected, the device shuts down the record channel as quickly as possible. After
all ASI bus clock errors are resolved, the device volume ramps back to its previous state to recover the record
channel. During an ASI bus clock error, the internal interrupt request (IRQ) interrupt signal asserts low if the
clock error interrupt mask register bit INT_MASK0[7], P0_R51_D7 is set low. The clock fault is also available for
readback in the latched fault status register bit INT_LTCH0, P0_R54, which is a read-only register. Reading the
latched fault status register, INT_LTCH0, clears all latched fault status. The device can be additionally configured
to route the internal IRQ interrupt signal on the GPIO1 or GPOx pins and also can be configured as open-drain
outputs so that these pins can be wire-ANDed to the open-drain interrupt outputs of other devices.
The IRQ interrupt signal can either be configured as active low or active high polarity by setting the INT_POL,
P0_R50_D7 register bit. This signal can also be configured as a single pulse or a series of pulses by
programming the INT_EVENT[1:0], P0_R50_D[6:5] register bits. If the interrupts are configured as a series of
pulses, the events trigger the start of pulses that stop when the latched fault status register is read to determine
the cause of the interrupt.
The device also supports read-only live-status registers to determine if the channels are powered up or down and
if the device is in sleep mode or not. These status registers are located in P0_R118, DEV_STS0 and P0_R119,
DEV_STS1.
The device has a multifunctional GPIO1 pin that can be configured for a desired specific function. Additionally, if
the channel is not used for analog input recording, then the analog input pins for that channel (INxP and INxM)
can be repurposed as multifunction pins (GPIx and GPOx) by configuring the CHx_INSRC[1:0] register bits
located in the CHx_CFG0 register. The maximum number of GPO pins supported by the device is four and the
maximum number of GPI pins are four. 表 46 shows all possible allocations of these multifunctional pins for the
various features.
表 46. Multifunction Pin Assignments
ROW
—
Pin Function(1)
GPIO1
GPO1
GPO2
GPO3
GPO4
GPI1
GPI2
GPI3
GPI4
—
—
GPIO1_CFG GPO1_CFG GPO2_CFG GPO3_CFG GPO4_CFG
GPI1_CFG
GPI2_CFG
GPI3_CFG
GPI4_CFG
—
P0_R33[7:4] P0_R34[7:4] P0_R35[7:4] P0_R36[7:4] P0_R37[7:4] P0_R43[6:4] P0_R43[2:0] P0_R44[6:4] P0_R44[2:0]
A
Pin disabled
S(2)
S (default)
S (default)
S (default)
S (default)
S (default)
NS(3)
NS
S (default)
NS
S (default)
NS
S (default)
NS
General-purpose output
(GPO)
B
C
D
E
F
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Interrupt output (IRQ)
S (default)
NS
NS
NS
Secondary ASI output
(SDOUT2)(4)
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
NS
NS
NS
NS
PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
S
S
S
S
NS
NS
NS
NS
MiCBIAS on/off input
(BIASEN)
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
G
H
I
General-purpose input (GPI)
Master clock input (MCLK)
ASI daisy-chain input (SDIN)
PDM data input 1 (PDMDIN1)
PDM data input 2 (PDMDIN2)
PDM data input 3 (PDMDIN3)
PDM data input 4 (PDMDIN4)
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
J
K
L
M
(1) Only the GPIO1 pin is with reference to the IOVDD supply, the other GPOx and GPIx pins are with reference to the AVDD supply and
their primary pin functions are for the PDMCLK or PDMDIN function.
(2) S means the feature mentioned in this row is supported for the respective GPIO1, GPOx, or GPIx pin mentioned in this column.
(3) NS means the feature mentioned in this row is not supported for the respective GPIO1, GPOx, or GPIx pin mentioned in this column.
(4) For the high-speed ASI output, GPIO1 must be used instead of GPOx for the secondary ASI output. GPOx can be used only if the bus
speed requirement is less than 6.144 MHz.
52
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Each GPOx or GPIOx pin can be independently set for the desired drive configurations setting using the
GPOx_DRV[3:0] or GPIO1_DRV[3:0] register bits. 表 47 lists the drive configuration settings.
表 47. GPIO or GPOx Pins Drive Configuration Settings
P0_R33_D[3:0] : GPIO1_DRV[3:0]
GPIO OUTPUT DRIVE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS FOR GPIO1
The GPIO1 pin is set to high impedance (floated)
000
001
The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or active high
The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or weak high (on-chip pullup)
The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or Hi-Z (floated)
The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven weak low (on-chip pulldown) or active high
The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven Hi-Z (floated) or active high
Reserved (do not use these settings)
010 (default)
011
100
101
110 and 111
Similarly, the GPO1 to GPO4 pins can be configured using the GPO1_DRV(P0_R34) to GPO4_DRV(P0_R37)
register bits, respectively.
When configured as a general-purpose output (GPO), the GPIO1 or GPOx pin values can be driven by writing
the GPIO_VAL or GPOx_VAL, P0_R41 registers. The GPIO_MON, P0_R42 register can be used to readback
the status of the GPIO1 pin when configured as a general-purpose input (GPI). Similarly, the GPI_MON, P0_R47
register can be used to readback the status of the GPIx pins when configured as a general-purpose input (GPI).
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
53
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.4 Device Functional Modes
8.4.1 Hardware Shutdown
The device enters hardware shutdown mode when the SHDNZ pin is asserted low or the AVDD supply voltage is
not applied to the device. In hardware shutdown mode, the device consumes the minimum quiescent current
from the AVDD supply. All configuration registers and programmable coefficients lose their value in this mode,
and I2C or SPI communication to the device is not supported.
If the SHDNZ pin is asserted low when the device is in active mode, the device ramps down volume on the
record data, powers down the analog and digital blocks, and puts the device into hardware shutdown mode in 25
ms (typical). The device can also be immediately put into hardware shutdown mode from active mode if the
SHDNZ_CFG[1:0], P0_R5_D[3:2], register bits are set to 2'b00. After the SHDNZ pin is asserted low, and after
the device enters hardware shutdown mode, keep the SHDNZ pin low for at least 1 ms before releasing SHDNZ
for further device operation.
Assert the SHDNZ pin high only when the IOVDD supply settles to a steady voltage level. When the SHDNZ pin
goes high, the device sets all configuration registers and programmable coefficients to their default values, and
then enters sleep mode.
8.4.2 Sleep Mode or Software Shutdown
In sleep mode or software shutdown mode, the device consumes very low quiescent current from the AVDD
supply and, at the same time, allows the I2C or SPI communication to wake the device for active operation.
The device can also enter sleep mode when the host device sets the SLEEP_ENZ, P0_R2_D0 bit to 1'b0. If the
SLEEP_ENZ bit is asserted low when the device is in active mode, the device ramps down the volume on the
record data, powers down the analog and digital blocks, and enters sleep mode. However, the device still
continues to retain the last programmed value of the device configuration registers and programmable
coefficients.
In sleep mode, do not perform any I2C or SPI transactions, except for exiting sleep mode in order to enter active
mode. After entering sleep mode, wait at least 10 ms before starting I2C or SPI transactions to exit sleep mode.
While exiting sleep mode, the host device must configure the TLV320ADC3140 to use either an external 1.8-V
AREG supply (default setting) or an on-chip-regulator-generated AREG supply. To configure the AREG supply,
write to AREG_SELECT, bit D7 in the same P0_R2 register.
8.4.3 Active Mode
If the host device exits sleep mode by setting the SLEEP_ENZ bit to 1'b1, the device enters active mode. In
active mode, I2C or SPI transactions can be done to configure and power-up the device for active operation.
After entering active mode, wait at least 1 ms before starting any I2C or SPI transactions in order to allow the
device to complete the internal wake-up sequence.
After configuring all other registers for the target application and system settings, configure the input and output
channel enable registers, P0_R115 (IN_CH_EN) and P0_R116 (ASI_OUT_CH_EN), respectively. Lastly,
configure the device power-up register, P0_R117 (PWR_CFG). All the programmable coefficient values must be
written before powering up the respective channel.
In active mode, the power-up and power-down status of various blocks is monitored by reading the read-only
device status bits located in the P0_R117 (DEV_STS0) and P0_R118 (DEV_STS1) registers.
8.4.4 Software Reset
A software reset can be done any time by asserting the SW_RESET bit, P0_R1_D0, which is a self-clearing bit.
This software reset immediately shuts down the device, and restores all device configuration registers and
programmable coefficients to their default values.
54
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.5 Programming
The device contains configuration registers and programmable coefficients that can be set to the desired values
for a specific system and application use. These registers are called device control registers and are each eight
bits in width, mapped using a page scheme.
Each page contains 128 configuration registers. All device configuration registers are stored in page 0, which is
the default page setting at power up and after a software reset. All programmable coefficient registers are located
in page 2, page 3, and page 4. The current page of the device can be switched to a new desired page by using
the PAGE[7:0] bits located in register 0 of every page.
8.5.1 Control Serial Interfaces
The device control registers can be accessed using either I2C or SPI communication to the device.
By monitoring the SDA_SSZ, SCL_MOSI, ADDR0_SCLK, and ADDR1_MISO device pins, which are the
multiplexed pins for the I2C or SPI Interface, the device automatically detects whether the host device is using
I2C or SPI communication to configure the device. For a given end application, the host device must always use
either the I2C or SPI interface, but not both, to configure the device.
8.5.1.1 I2C Control Interface
The device supports the I2C control protocol as a slave device, and is capable of operating in standard mode,
fast mode, and fast mode plus. The I2C control protocol requires a 7-bit slave address. The five most significant
bits (MSBs) of the slave address are fixed at 10011 and cannot be changed. The two least significant bits (LSBs)
are programmable and are controlled by the ADDR0_SCLK and ADDR1_MISO pins. These two pins must
always be either pulled to VSS or IOVDD. If the I2C_BRDCAST_EN (P0_R2_D2) bit is set to 1'b1, then the I2C
slave address is fixed to 1001100 in order to allow simultaneous I2C broadcast communication to all
TLV320ADC3140 devices in the system. 表 48 lists the four possible device addresses resulting from this
configuration.
表 48. I2C Slave Address Settings
ADDR1_MISO
ADDR0_SCLK
I2C_BRDCAST_EN (P0_R2_D2)
I2C SLAVE ADDRESS
1001 100
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
0
1
X
0 (default)
0 (default)
0 (default)
0 (default)
1
1001 101
1001 110
1001 111
1001 100
8.5.1.1.1 General I2C Operation
The I2C bus employs two signals, SDA (data) and SCL (clock), to communicate between integrated circuits in a
system using serial data transmission. The address and data 8-bit bytes are transferred MSB first. In addition,
each byte transferred on the bus is acknowledged by the receiving device with an acknowledge bit. Each transfer
operation begins with the master device driving a start condition on the bus and ends with the master device
driving a stop condition on the bus. The bus uses transitions on the data pin (SDA) while the clock is at logic high
to indicate start and stop conditions. A high-to-low transition on SDA indicates a start, and a low-to-high transition
indicates a stop. Normal data-bit transitions must occur within the low time of the clock period.
The master device drives a start condition followed by the 7-bit slave address and the read/write (R/W) bit to
open communication with another device and then waits for an acknowledgment condition. The slave device
holds SDA low during the acknowledge clock period to indicate acknowledgment. When this occurs, the master
device transmits the next byte of the sequence. Each slave device is addressed by a unique 7-bit slave address
plus the R/W bit (1 byte). All compatible devices share the same signals via a bidirectional bus using a wired-
AND connection.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
55
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
There is no limit on the number of bytes that can be transmitted between start and stop conditions. When the last
word transfers, the master device generates a stop condition to release the bus. 图 82 shows a generic data
transfer sequence.
8- Bit Data for
Register (N)
8- Bit Data for
Register (N+1)
图 82. Typical I2C Sequence
In the system, use external pullup resistors for the SDA and SCL signals to set the logic high level for the bus.
The SDA and SCL voltages must not exceed the device supply voltage, IOVDD.
8.5.1.1.2 I2C Single-Byte and Multiple-Byte Transfers
The device I2C interface supports both single-byte and multiple-byte read/write operations for all registers. During
multiple-byte read operations, the device responds with data, a byte at a time, starting at the register assigned,
as long as the master device continues to respond with acknowledges.
The device supports sequential I2C addressing. For write transactions, if a register is issued followed by data for
that register and all the remaining registers that follow, a sequential I2C write transaction takes place. For I2C
sequential write transactions, the register issued then serves as the starting point, and the amount of data
subsequently transmitted, before a stop or start is transmitted, determines how many registers are written.
8.5.1.1.2.1 I2C Single-Byte Write
As shown in 图 83, a single-byte data write transfer begins with the master device transmitting a start condition
followed by the I2C device address and the read/write bit. The read/write bit determines the direction of the data
transfer. For a write-data transfer, the read/write bit must be set to 0. After receiving the correct I2C slave
address and the read/write bit, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Next, the master device
transmits the register byte corresponding to the device internal register address being accessed. After receiving
the register byte, the device again responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Then, the master transmits the byte
of data to be written to the specified register. When finished, the slave device responds with an acknowledge bit
(ACK). Finally, the master device transmits a stop condition to complete the single-byte data write transfer.
Start
Condition
Acknowledge
Acknowledge
Acknowledge
R/W
ACK A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK
A6 A5 A4
A3 A2 A1 A0
Stop
2
I C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit
Register
Data Byte
Condition
图 83. I2C Single-Byte Write Transfer
56
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.5.1.1.2.2 I2C Multiple-Byte Write
As shown in 图 84, a multiple-byte data write transfer is identical to a single-byte data write transfer except that
multiple data bytes are transmitted by the master device to the slave device. After receiving each data byte, the
device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Finally, the master device transmits a stop condition after the
last data-byte write transfer.
Register
图 84. I2C Multiple-Byte Write Transfer
8.5.1.1.2.3 I2C Single-Byte Read
As shown in 图 85, a single-byte data read transfer begins with the master device transmitting a start condition
followed by the I2C slave address and the read/write bit. For the data read transfer, both a write followed by a
read are done. Initially, a write is done to transfer the address byte of the internal register address to be read. As
a result, the read/write bit is set to 0.
After receiving the slave address and the read/write bit, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). The
master device then sends the internal register address byte, after which the device issues an acknowledge bit
(ACK). The master device transmits another start condition followed by the slave address and the read/write bit
again. This time, the read/write bit is set to 1, indicating a read transfer. Next, the device transmits the data byte
from the register address being read. After receiving the data byte, the master device transmits a not-
acknowledge (NACK) followed by a stop condition to complete the single-byte data read transfer.
Repeat Start
Condition
Not
Start
Acknowledge
Condition
Acknowledge
Acknowledge
A0 ACK
Acknowledge
A6 A5
A1 A0 R/W ACK A7 A6 A5 A4
A6 A5
A1 A0 R/W ACK D7 D6
D1 D0 ACK
2
2
Stop
Condition
I C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit
Register
I C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit
Data Byte
图 85. I2C Single-Byte Read Transfer
8.5.1.1.2.4 I2C Multiple-Byte Read
As shown in 图 86, a multiple-byte data read transfer is identical to a single-byte data read transfer except that
multiple data bytes are transmitted by the device to the master device. With the exception of the last data byte,
the master device responds with an acknowledge bit after receiving each data byte. After receiving the last data
byte, the master device transmits a not-acknowledge (NACK) followed by a stop condition to complete the data
read transfer.
Repeat Start
Condition
Not
Start
Acknowledge
Condition
Acknowledge
Acknowledge
Acknowledge
Acknowledge
Acknowledge
D0 ACK D7
A6
A0 R/W ACK A7 A6 A5
A0 ACK
A6
A0 R/W ACK D7
D0 ACK D7
D0 ACK
2
2
Register
Stop
Condition
I C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit
I C Device Address and
Read/Write Bit
First Data Byte
Other Data Bytes
Last Data Byte
图 86. I2C Multiple-Byte Read Transfer
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
57
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.5.1.2 SPI Control Interface
The general SPI protocol allows full-duplex, synchronous, serial communication between a host processor (the
master) and peripheral devices (slaves). The SPI master (in this case, the host processor) generates the
synchronizing clock (driven onto SCLK) and initiates transmissions by taking the slave-select pin SSZ from high
to low. The SPI slave devices (such as the TLV320ADC3140) depend on a master to start and synchronize
transmissions. A transmission begins when initiated by an SPI master. The byte from the SPI master begins
shifting in on the slave MOSI pin under the control of the master serial clock (driven onto SCLK). When the byte
shifts in on the MOSI pin, a byte shifts out on the MISO pin to the master shift register.
The TLV320ADC3140 supports a standard SPI control protocol with a clock polarity setting of 0 (typical
microprocessor SPI control bit CPOL = 0) and a clock phase setting of 1 (typical microprocessor SPI control bit
CPHA = 1). The SSZ pin can remain low between transmissions; however, the device only interprets the first
eight bits transmitted after the falling edge of SSZ as a command byte, and the next eight bits as a data byte only
if writing to a register. The device is entirely controlled by registers. Reading and writing these registers is
accomplished by an 8-bit command sent to the MOSI pin prior to the data for that register. 表 49 shows the
command structure. The first seven bits specify the address of the register that is being written or read, from 0 to
127 (decimal). The command word ends with an R/W bit, which specifies the direction of data flow on the serial
bus.
In the case of a register write, set the R/W bit to 0. A second byte of data is sent to the MOSI pin and contains
the data to be written to the register. A register read is accomplished in a similar fashion. The 8-bit command
word sends the 7-bit register address, followed by the R/W bit equal to 1 to signify a register read. The 8-bit
register data is then clocked out of the device on the MISO pin during the second eight SCLK clocks in the
frame. The device supports sequential SPI addressing for a multiple-byte data write/read transfer until the SSZ
pin is pulled high. A multiple-byte data write or read transfer is identical to a single-byte data write or read
transfer, respectively, until all data byte transfers complete. The host device must keep the SSZ pin low during all
data byte transfers. 图 87 shows the single-byte write transfer and 图 88 shows the single-byte read transfer.
表 49. SPI Command Word
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
ADDR(6)
ADDR(5)
ADDR(4)
ADDR(3)
ADDR(2)
ADDR(1)
ADDR(0)
R/WZ
SS
SCLK
MOSI
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
RA(6)
RA(5)
RA(0)
D(7)
D(6)
D(0)
7-bit Register Address
Write
8-bit Register Data
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
MISO
图 87. SPI Single-Byte Write Transfer
SS
SCLK
MOSI
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
RA(6)
RA(5)
RA(0)
Don’t Care
7-bit Register Address
Read
8-bit Register Data
Hi-Z
MISO
D(7)
D(6)
D(0)
图 88. SPI Single-Byte Read Transfer
58
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6 Register Maps
This section describes the control registers for the device in detail. All these registers are eight bits in width and
allocated to device configuration and programmable coefficients settings. These registers are mapped internally
using a page scheme that can be controlled using either I2C or SPI communication to the device. Each page
contains 128 bytes of registers. All device configuration registers are stored in page 0, which is the default page
setting at power up (and after a software reset). All programmable coefficient registers are located in page 2,
page 3, and page 4. The device current page can be switch to a new desired page by using the PAGE[7:0] bits
located in register 0 of every page.
Do not read from or write to reserved pages or reserved registers. Write only default values for the reserved bits
in the valid registers.
The procedure for register access across pages is:
•
•
•
•
•
Select page N (write data N to register 0 regardless of the current page number)
Read or write data from or to valid registers in page N
Select the new page M (write data M to register 0 regardless of the current page number)
Read or write data from or to valid registers in page M
Repeat as needed
8.6.1 Device Configuration Registers
This section describes the device configuration registers for page 0.
Table 50. Register Summary Table, Page = 0x00
ADDRESS
0x00
0x01
0x02
0x05
0x07
0x08
0x09
0x0B
0x0C
0x0D
0x0E
0x0F
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x1F
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x29
0x2A
0x2B
0x2C
REGISTER
PAGE_CFG
DESCRIPTION
SECTION
Device page register
PAGE_CFG Register (P0_R0)
SW_RESET Register (P0_R1)
SLEEP_CFG Register (P0_R2)
SHDN_CFG Register (P0_R5)
ASI_CFG0 Register (P0_R7)
ASI_CFG1 Register (P0_R8)
ASI_CFG2 Register (P0_R9)
ASI_CH1 Register (P0_R11)
ASI_CH2 Register (P0_R12)
ASI_CH3 Register (P0_R13)
ASI_CH4 Register (P0_R14)
ASI_CH5 Register (P0_R15)
ASI_CH6 Register (P0_R16)
ASI_CH7 Register (P0_R17)
ASI_CH8 Register (P0_R18)
MST_CFG0 Register (P0_R19)
MST_CFG1 Register (P0_R20)
ASI_STS Register (P0_R21)
CLK_SRC Register (P0_R22)
PDMCLK_CFG Register (P0_R31)
PDMIN_CFG Register (P0_R32)
GPIO_CFG0 Register (P0_R33)
GPO_CFG0 Register (P0_R34)
GPO_CFG1 Register (P0_R35)
GPO_CFG2 Register (P0_R36)
GPO_CFG3 Register (P0_R37)
GPO_VAL Register (P0_R41)
GPIO_MON Register (P0_R42)
GPI_CFG0 Register (P0_R43)
GPI_CFG1 Register (P0_R44)
SW_RESET
SLEEP_CFG
SHDN_CFG
ASI_CFG0
ASI_CFG1
ASI_CFG2
ASI_CH1
Software reset register
Sleep mode register
Shutdown configuration register
ASI configuration register 0
ASI configuration register 1
ASI configuration register 2
Channel 1 ASI slot configuration register
Channel 2 ASI slot configuration register
Channel 3 ASI slot configuration register
Channel 4 ASI slot configuration register
Channel 5 ASI slot configuration register
Channel 6 ASI slot configuration register
Channel 7 ASI slot configuration register
Channel 8 ASI slot configuration register
ASI master mode configuration register 0
ASI master mode configuration register 1
ASI bus clock monitor status register
Clock source configuration register 0
PDM clock generation configuration register
PDM DINx sampling edge register
GPIO configuration register 0
ASI_CH2
ASI_CH3
ASI_CH4
ASI_CH5
ASI_CH6
ASI_CH7
ASI_CH8
MST_CFG0
MST_CFG1
ASI_STS
CLK_SRC
PDMCLK_CFG
PDMIN_CFG
GPIO_CFG0
GPO_CFG0
GPO_CFG1
GPO_CFG2
GPO_CFG3
GPO_VAL
GPIO_MON
GPI_CFG0
GPI_CFG1
GPO configuration register 0
GPO configuration register 1
GPO configuration register 2
GPO configuration register 3
GPIO, GPO output value register
GPIO monitor value register
GPI configuration register 0
GPI configuration register 1
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
59
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Register Maps (接下页)
Table 50. Register Summary Table, Page = 0x00 (continued)
ADDRESS
0x2F
0x32
0x33
0x36
0x3B
0x3C
0x3D
0x3E
0x3F
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
0x44
0x45
0x46
0x47
0x48
0x49
0x4A
0x4B
0x4C
0x4D
0x4E
0x4F
0x52
0x53
0x54
0x57
0x58
0x59
0x5C
0x5D
0x5E
0x61
0x62
0x63
0x6B
0x6C
0x70
0x73
0x74
0x75
0x76
0x77
0x7E
REGISTER
GPI_MON
DESCRIPTION
GPI monitor value register
SECTION
GPI_MON Register (P0_R47)
INT_CFG Register (P0_R50)
INT_MASK0 Register (P0_R51)
INT_LTCH0 Register (P0_R54)
BIAS_CFG Register (P0_R59)
CH1_CFG0 Register (P0_R60)
CH1_CFG1 Register (P0_R61)
CH1_CFG2 Register (P0_R62)
CH1_CFG3 Register (P0_R63)
CH1_CFG4 Register (P0_R64)
CH2_CFG0 Register (P0_R65)
CH2_CFG1 Register (P0_R66)
CH2_CFG2 Register (P0_R67)
CH2_CFG3 Register (P0_R68)
CH2_CFG4 Register (P0_R69)
CH3_CFG0 Register (P0_R70)
CH3_CFG1 Register (P0_R71)
CH3_CFG2 Register (P0_R72)
CH3_CFG3 Register (P0_R73)
CH3_CFG4 Register (P0_R74)
CH4_CFG0 Register (P0_R75)
CH4_CFG1 Register (P0_R76)
CH4_CFG2 Register (P0_R77)
CH4_CFG3 Register (P0_R78)
CH4_CFG4 Register (P0_R79)
CH5_CFG2 Register (P0_R82)
CH5_CFG3 Register (P0_R83)
CH5_CFG4 Register (P0_R84)
CH6_CFG2 Register (P0_R87)
CH6_CFG3 Register (P0_R88)
CH6_CFG4 Register (P0_R89)
CH7_CFG2 Register (P0_R92)
CH7_CFG3 Register (P0_R93)
CH7_CFG4 Register (P0_R94)
CH8_CFG2 Register (P0_R97)
CH8_CFG3 Register (P0_R98)
CH8_CFG4 Register (P0_R99)
DSP_CFG0 Register (P0_R107)
DSP_CFG1 Register (P0_R108)
AGC_CFG0 Register (P0_R112)
IN_CH_EN Register (P0_R115)
ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register (P0_R116)
PWR_CFG Register (P0_R117)
DEV_STS0 Register (P0_R118)
DEV_STS1 Register (P0_R119)
I2C_CKSUM Register (P0_R126)
INT_CFG
Interrupt configuration register
INT_MASK0
INT_LTCH0
BIAS_CFG
CH1_CFG0
CH1_CFG1
CH1_CFG2
CH1_CFG3
CH1_CFG4
CH2_CFG0
CH2_CFG1
CH2_CFG2
CH2_CFG3
CH2_CFG4
CH3_CFG0
CH3_CFG1
CH3_CFG2
CH3_CFG3
CH3_CFG4
CH4_CFG0
CH4_CFG1
CH4_CFG2
CH4_CFG3
CH4_CFG4
CH5_CFG2
CH5_CFG3
CH5_CFG4
CH6_CFG2
CH6_CFG3
CH6_CFG4
CH7_CFG2
CH7_CFG3
CH7_CFG4
CH8_CFG2
CH8_CFG3
CH8_CFG4
DSP_CFG0
DSP_CFG1
AGC_CFG0
IN_CH_EN
ASI_OUT_CH_EN
PWR_CFG
DEV_STS0
DEV_STS1
I2C_CKSUM
Interrupt mask register 0
Latched interrupt readback register 0
Bias and ADC configuration register
Channel 1 configuration register 0
Channel 1 configuration register 1
Channel 1 configuration register 2
Channel 1 configuration register 3
Channel 1 configuration register 4
Channel 2 configuration register 0
Channel 2 configuration register 1
Channel 2 configuration register 2
Channel 2 configuration register 3
Channel 2 configuration register 4
Channel 3 configuration register 0
Channel 3 configuration register 1
Channel 3 configuration register 2
Channel 3 configuration register 3
Channel 3 configuration register 4
Channel 4 configuration register 0
Channel 4 configuration register 1
Channel 4 configuration register 2
Channel 4 configuration register 3
Channel 4 configuration register 4
Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 2
Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 3
Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 4
Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 2
Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 3
Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 4
Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 2
Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 3
Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 4
Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 2
Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 3
Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 4
DSP configuration register 0
DSP configuration register 1
AGC configuration register 0
Input channel enable configuration register
ASI output channel enable configuration register
Power up configuration register
Device status value register 0
Device status value register 1
I2C checksum register
60
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
表 51 lists the access codes used for the TLV320ADC3140 registers.
表 51. TLV320ADC3140 Access Type Codes
Access Type
Code
Description
Read Type
R
R
Read
R-W
R/W
Read or write
Write Type
W
W
Write
Reset or Default Value
-n
Value after reset or the default value
8.6.1.1 Register Descriptions
8.6.1.1.1 PAGE_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x00) [reset = 0h]
The device memory map is divided into pages. This register sets the page.
Figure 89. PAGE_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PAGE[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 52. PAGE_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
PAGE[7:0]
R/W
0h
These bits set the device page.
0d = Page 0
1d = Page 1
...
255d = Page 255
8.6.1.1.2 SW_RESET Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x01) [reset = 0h]
This register is the software reset register. Asserting a software reset places all register values in their default
power-on-reset (POR) state.
Figure 90. SW_RESET Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
SW_RESET
R/W-0h
Table 53. SW_RESET Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7-1
0
Field
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
SW_RESET
Reserved
R/W
0h
Software reset. This bit is self clearing.
0d = Do not reset
1d = Reset
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
61
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.6.1.1.3 SLEEP_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x02) [reset = 0h]
This register configures the regulator, VREF quick charge, I2C broadcast and sleep mode.
Figure 91. SLEEP_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AREG_
SELECT
I2C_BRDCAST
_EN
Reserved
R/W-0h
VREF_QCHG[1:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
SLEEP_ENZ
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
Table 54. SLEEP_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
AREG_SELECT
R/W
0h
The analog supply selection from either the internal regulator supply or the
external AREG supply.
0d = External 1.8-V AREG supply (use this setting when AVDD is 1.8 V and
short AREG with AVDD)
1d = Internally generated 1.8-V AREG supply using an on-chip regulator (use
this setting when AVDD is 3.3 V)
6-5
4-3
Reserved
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
Reserved
VREF_QCHG[1:0]
The duration of the quick-charge for the VREF external capacitor is set using
an internal series impedance of 200 Ω.
0d = VREF quick-charge duration of 3.5 ms (typical)
1d = VREF quick-charge duration of 10 ms (typical)
2d = VREF quick-charge duration of 50 ms (typical)
3d = VREF quick-charge duration of 100 ms (typical)
2
I2C_BRDCAST_EN
R/W
0h
I2C broadcast addressing setting.
0d = I2C broadcast mode disabled; the I2C slave address is determined based
on the ADDR pins
1d = I2C broadcast mode enabled; the I2C slave address is fixed at 1001 100
1
0
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
SLEEP_ENZ
R/W
Sleep mode setting.
0d = Device is in sleep mode
1d = Device is not in sleep mode
8.6.1.1.4 SHDN_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x05) [reset = 5h]
This register configures the device shutdown
Figure 92. SHDN_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
INCAP_QCHG[1:0]
R/W-0h
SHDNZ_CFG[1:0]
R/W-1h
DREG_KA_TIME[1:0]
R/W-1h
Table 55. SHDN_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7-6
5-4
Field
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
Reserved
INCAP_QCHG[1:0]
R/W
0h
The duratiion of the quick-charge for the external AC-coupling capacitor is set
using an internal series impedance of 800 Ω.
0d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 2.5 ms (typical)
1d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 12.5 ms (typical)
2d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 25 ms (typical)
3d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 50 ms (typical)
3-2
SHDNZ_CFG[1:0]
R/W
1h
Shutdown configuration.
0d = DREG is powered down immediately after SHDNZ asserts
1d = DREG remains active to enable a clean shut down until a time-out is
reached; after the time-out period, DREG is forced to power off
2d = DREG remains active until the device cleanly shuts down
3d = Reserved
62
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 55. SHDN_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
DREG_KA_TIME[1:0]
Type
Reset
Description
1-0
R/W
1h
These bits set how long DREG remains active after SHDNZ asserts.
0d = DREG remains active for 30 ms (typical)
1d = DREG remains active for 25 ms (typical)
2d = DREG remains active for 10 ms (typical)
3d = DREG remains active for 5 ms (typical)
8.6.1.1.5 ASI_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x07) [reset = 30h]
This register is the ASI configuration register 0.
Figure 93. ASI_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ASI_FORMAT[1:0]
R/W-0h
ASI_WLEN[1:0]
R/W-3h
FSYNC_POL
R/W-0h
BCLK_POL
R/W-0h
TX_EDGE
R/W-0h
TX_FILL
R/W-0h
Table 56. ASI_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-6
ASI_FORMAT[1:0]
R/W
0h
ASI protocol format.
0d = TDM mode
1d = I2S mode
2d = LJ (left-justified) mode
3d = Reserved
5-4
ASI_WLEN[1:0]
R/W
3h
ASI word or slot length.
0d = 16 bits
1d = 20 bits
2d = 24 bits
3d = 32 bits
3
2
1
FSYNC_POL
BCLK_POL
TX_EDGE
R/W
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
0h
ASI FSYNC polarity.
0d = Default polarity as per standard protocol
1d = Inverted polarity with respect to standard protocol
ASI BCLK polarity.
0d = Default polarity as per standard protocol
1d = Inverted polarity with respect to standard protocol
ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) transmit edge.
0d = Default edge as per the protocol configuration setting in bit 2
(BCLK_POL)
1d = Inverted following edge (half cycle delay) with respect to the default edge
setting
0
TX_FILL
R/W
0h
ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) for any unused
cycles
0d = Always transmit 0 for unused cycles
1d = Always use Hi-Z for unused cycles
8.6.1.1.6 ASI_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x08) [reset = 0h]
This register is the ASI configuration register 1.
Figure 94. ASI_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TX_LSB
R/W-0h
TX_KEEPER[1:0]
R/W-0h
TX_OFFSET[4:0]
R/W-0h
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
63
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 57. ASI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
TX_LSB
R/W
0h
ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) for LSB
transmissions.
0d = Transmit the LSB for a full cycle
1d = Transmit the LSB for the first half cycle and Hi-Z for the second half
cycle
6-5
4-0
TX_KEEPER[1:0]
TX_OFFSET[4:0]
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) bus keeper.
0d = Bus keeper is always disabled
1d = Bus keeper is always enabled
2d = Bus keeper is enabled during LSB transmissions only for one cycle
3d = Bus keeper is enabled during LSB transmissions only for one and half
cycles
ASI data MSB slot 0 offset (on the primary and secondary data pin).
0d = ASI data MSB location has no offset and is as per standard protocol
1d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the left
and right slot 0) offset of one BCLK cycle with respect to standard protocol
2d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the left
and right slot 0) offset of two BCLK cycles with respect to standard protocol
3d to 30d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the
left and right slot 0) offset assigned as per configuration
31d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the left
and right slot 0) offset of 31 BCLK cycles with respect to standard protocol
8.6.1.1.7 ASI_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x09) [reset = 0h]
This register is the ASI configuration register 2.
Figure 95. ASI_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ASI_ERR_
RCOV
ASI_DAISY
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
ASI_ERR
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
R/W-0h
Table 58. ASI_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
ASI_DAISY
Type
Reset
Description
7
R/W
0h
ASI daisy chain connection.
0d = All devices are connected in the common ASI bus
1d = All devices are daisy-chained for the ASI bus
6
5
Reserved
ASI_ERR
R
0h
0h
Reserved
R/W
ASI bus error detection.
0d = Enable bus error detection
1d = Disable bus error detection
4
ASI_ERR_RCOV
Reserved
R/W
R
0h
0h
ASI bus error auto resume.
0d = Enable auto resume after bus error recovery
1d = Disable auto resume after bus error recovery and remain powered down
until the host configures the device
3-0
Reserved
8.6.1.1.8 ASI_CH1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0B) [reset = 0h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 1.
Figure 96. ASI_CH1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH1_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH1_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-0h
64
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 59. ASI_CH1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
Reserved
6
CH1_OUTPUT
R/W
0h
Channel 1 output line.
0d = Channel 1 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 1 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
5-0
CH1_SLOT[5:0]
R/W
0h
Channel 1 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.9 ASI_CH2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0C) [reset = 1h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 2.
Figure 97. ASI_CH2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH2_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH2_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-1h
Table 60. ASI_CH2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6
CH2_OUTPUT
R/W
0h
Channel 2 output line.
0d = Channel 2 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 2 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
5-0
CH2_SLOT[5:0]
R/W
1h
Channel 2 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.10 ASI_CH3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0D) [reset = 2h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 3.
Figure 98. ASI_CH3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH3_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH3_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-2h
Table 61. ASI_CH3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
CH3_OUTPUT
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6
R/W
0h
Channel 3 output line.
0d = Channel 3 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 3 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
65
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 61. ASI_CH3 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
5-0
CH3_SLOT[5:0]
R/W
2h
Channel 3 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.11 ASI_CH4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0E) [reset = 3h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 4.
Figure 99. ASI_CH4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH4_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH4_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-3h
Table 62. ASI_CH4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6
CH4_OUTPUT
R/W
0h
Channel 4 output line.
0d = Channel 4 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 4 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
5-0
CH4_SLOT[5:0]
R/W
3h
Channel 4 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.12 ASI_CH5 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0F) [reset = 4h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 5.
Figure 100. ASI_CH5 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH5_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH5_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-4h
Table 63. ASI_CH5 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
CH5_OUTPUT
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6
R/W
0h
Channel 5 output line.
0d = Channel 5 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 5 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
66
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 63. ASI_CH5 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
CH5_SLOT[5:0]
Type
Reset
Description
5-0
R/W
4h
Channel 5 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.13 ASI_CH6 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x10) [reset = 5h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 6.
Figure 101. ASI_CH6 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH6_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH6_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-5h
Table 64. ASI_CH6 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6
CH6_OUTPUT
R/W
0h
Channel 6 output line.
0d = Channel 6 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 6 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
5-0
CH6_SLOT[5:0]
R/W
5h
Channel 6 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.14 ASI_CH7 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x11) [reset = 6h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 7.
Figure 102. ASI_CH7 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH7_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH7_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-6h
Table 65. ASI_CH7 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
CH7_OUTPUT
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6
R/W
0h
Channel 7 output line.
0d = Channel 7 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 7 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
67
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 65. ASI_CH7 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
5-0
CH7_SLOT[5:0]
R/W
6h
Channel 7 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.15 ASI_CH8 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x12) [reset = 7h]
This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 8.
Figure 103. ASI_CH8 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
CH8_OUTPUT
R/W-0h
CH8_SLOT[5:0]
R/W-7h
Table 66. ASI_CH8 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6
CH8_OUTPUT
R/W
0h
Channel 8 output line.
0d = Channel 8 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT)
1d = Channel 8 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx)
5-0
CH8_SLOT[5:0]
R/W
7h
Channel 8 slot assignment.
0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0
1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1
2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration
31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31
32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0
33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1
34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration
63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31
8.6.1.1.16 MST_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x13) [reset = 2h]
This register is the ASI master mode configuration register 0.
Figure 104. MST_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MST_SLV_
CFG
AUTO_CLK_
CFG
AUTO_MODE_ BCLK_FSYNC_
FS_MODE
R/W-0h
MCLK_FREQ_SEL[2:0]
R/W-2h
PLL_DIS
GATE
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
Table 67. MST_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
MST_SLV_CFG
Type
Reset
Description
7
R/W
0h
ASI master or slave configuration register setting.
0d = Device is in slave mode (both BCLK and FSYNC are inputs to the
device)
1d = Device is in master mode (both BCLK and FSYNC are generated from
the device)
6
AUTO_CLK_CFG
R/W
0h
Automatic clock configuration setting.
0d = Auto clock configuration is enabled (all internal clock divider and PLL
configurations are auto derived)
1d = Auto clock configuration is disabled (custom mode and device GUI must
be used for the device configuration settings)
68
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 67. MST_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
5
AUTO_MODE_PLL_DIS
R/W
0h
Automatic mode PLL setting.
0d = PLL is enabled in auto clock configuration
1d = PLL is disabled in auto clock configuration
4
BCLK_FSYNC_GATE
R/W
0h
BCLK and FSYNC clock gate (valid when the device is in master mode).
0d = Do not gate BCLK and FSYNC
1d = Force gate BCLK and FSYNC when being transmitted from the device in
master mode
3
FS_MODE
R/W
R/W
0h
2h
Sample rate setting (valid when the device is in master mode).
0d = fS is a multiple (or submultiple) of 48 kHz
1d = fS is a multiple (or submultiple) of 44.1 kHz
2-0
MCLK_FREQ_SEL[2:0]
These bits select the MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) frequency for the PLL source
clock input (valid when the device is in master mode and
MCLK_FREQ_SEL_MODE = 0).
0d = 12 MHz
1d = 12.288 MHz
2d = 13 MHz
3d = 16 MHz
4d = 19.2 MHz
5d = 19.68 MHz
6d = 24 MHz
7d = 24.576 MHz
8.6.1.1.17 MST_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x14) [reset = 48h]
This register is the ASI master mode configuration register 1.
Figure 105. MST_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FS_RATE[3:0]
R/W-4h
FS_BCLK_RATIO[3:0]
R/W-8h
Table 68. MST_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
FS_RATE[3:0]
R/W
4h
Programmed sample rate of the ASI bus (not used when the device is
configured in slave mode auto clock configuration).
0d = 7.35 kHz or 8 kHz
1d = 14.7 kHz or 16 kHz
2d = 22.05 kHz or 24 kHz
3d = 29.4 kHz or 32 kHz
4d = 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz
5d = 88.2 kHz or 96 kHz
6d = 176.4 kHz or 192 kHz
7d = 352.8 kHz or 384 kHz
8d = 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz
9d to 15d = Reserved
3-0
FS_BCLK_RATIO[3:0]
R/W
8h
Programmed BCLK to FSYNC frequency ratio of the ASI bus (not used when
the device is configured in slave mode auto clock configuration).
0d = Ratio of 16
1d = Ratio of 24
2d = Ratio of 32
3d = Ratio of 48
4d = Ratio of 64
5d = Ratio of 96
6d = Ratio of 128
7d = Ratio of 192
8d = Ratio of 256
9d = Ratio of 384
10d = Ratio of 512
11d = Ratio of 1024
12d = Ratio of 2048
13d to 15d = Reserved
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
69
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.6.1.1.18 ASI_STS Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x15) [reset = FFh]
This register s the ASI bus clock monitor status register
Figure 106. ASI_STS Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FS_RATE_STS[3:0]
R-Fh
FS_RATIO_STS[3:0]
R-Fh
Table 69. ASI_STS Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
FS_RATE_STS[3:0]
R
Fh
Detected sample rate of the ASI bus.
0d = 7.35 kHz or 8 kHz
1d = 14.7 kHz or 16 kHz
2d = 22.05 kHz or 24 kHz
3d = 29.4 kHz or 32 kHz
4d = 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz
5d = 88.2 kHz or 96 kHz
6d = 176.4 kHz or 192 kHz
7d = 352.8 kHz or 384 kHz
8d = 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz
9d to 14d = Reserved
15d = Invalid sample rate
3-0
FS_RATIO_STS[3:0]
R
Fh
Detected BCLK to FSYNC frequency ratio of the ASI bus.
0d = Ratio of 16
1d = Ratio of 24
2d = Ratio of 32
3d = Ratio of 48
4d = Ratio of 64
5d = Ratio of 96
6d = Ratio of 128
7d = Ratio of 192
8d = Ratio of 256
9d = Ratio of 384
10d = Ratio of 512
11d = Ratio of 1024
12d = Ratio of 2048
13d to 14d = Reserved
15d = Invalid ratio
8.6.1.1.19 CLK_SRC Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x16) [reset = 10h]
This register is the clock source configuration register.
Figure 107. CLK_SRC Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIS_PLL_SLV_ MCLK_FREQ_
MCLK_RATIO_SEL[2:0]
R/W-2h
Reserved
R-0h
CLK_SRC
SEL_MODE
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
Table 70. CLK_SRC Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
DIS_PLL_SLV_CLK_SRC R/W
0h
Audio root clock source setting when the device is configured with the PLL
disabled in the auto clock configuration for slave mode
(AUTO_MODE_PLL_DIS = 1).
0d = BCLK is used as the audio root clock source
1d = MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) is used as the audio root clock source (the MCLK
to FSYNC ratio is as per MCLK_RATIO_SEL setting)
6
MCLK_FREQ_SEL_MOD R/W
E
0h
Master mode MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) frequency selection mode (valid when
the device is in auto clock configuration).
0d = MCLK frequency is based on the MCLK_FREQ_SEL (P0_R19)
configuration
1d = MCLK frequency is specified as a multiple of FSYNC in the
MCLK_RATIO_SEL (P0_R22) configuration
70
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 70. CLK_SRC Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
MCLK_RATIO_SEL[2:0]
Type
Reset
Description
5-3
R/W
2h
These bits select the MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) to FSYNC ratio for master mode
or when MCLK is used as the audio root clock source in slave mode.
0d = Ratio of 64
1d = Ratio of 256
2d = Ratio of 384
3d = Ratio of 512
4d = Ratio of 768
5d = Ratio of 1024
6d = Ratio of 1536
7d = Ratio of 2304
2-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.20 PDMCLK_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x1F) [reset = 40h]
This register is the PDM clock generation configuration register.
Figure 108. PDMCLK_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R/W-10h
PDMCLK_DIV[1:0]
R/W-0h
Table 71. PDMCLK_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7-3
1-0
Field
Type
R/W
R/W
Reset
10h
0h
Description
Reserved
Reserved
PDMCLK_DIV[1:0]
PDMCLK divider value.
0d = PDMCLK is 2.8224 MHz or 3.072 MHz
1d = PDMCLK is 1.4112 MHz or 1.536 MHz
2d = PDMCLK is 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz
3d = PDMCLK is 5.6448 MHz or 6.144 MHz
8.6.1.1.21 PDMIN_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x20) [reset = 0h]
This register is the PDM DINx sampling edge configuration register.
Figure 109. PDMIN_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PDMDIN1_
EDGE
PDMDIN2_
EDGE
PDMDIN3_
EDGE
PDMDIN4_
EDGE
Reserved
R-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
Table 72. PDMIN_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
PDMDIN1_EDGE
PDMDIN2_EDGE
PDMDIN3_EDGE
R/W
0h
PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 1 and channel 2 data.
0d = Channel 1 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 2 data are
latched on the positive edge
1d = Channel 1 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 2 data are
latched on the negative edge
6
5
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 3 and channel 4 data.
0d = Channel 3 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 4 data are
latched on the positive edge
1d = Channel 3 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 4 data are
latched on the negative edge
PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 5 and channel 6 data.
0d = Channel 5 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 6 data are
latched on the positive edge
1d = Channel 5 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 6 data are
latched on the negative edge
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
71
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 72. PDMIN_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
4
PDMDIN4_EDGE
R/W
0h
PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 7 and channel 8 data.
0d = Channel 7 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 8 data are
latched on the positive edge
1d = Channel 7 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 8 data are
latched on the negative edge
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.22 GPIO_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x21) [reset = 22h]
This register is the GPIO configuration register 0.
Figure 110. GPIO_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIO1_CFG[3:0]
R/W-2h
Reserved
R-0h
GPIO1_DRV[2:0]
R/W-2h
Table 73. GPIO_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
GPIO1_CFG[3:0]
R/W
2h
GPIO1 configuration.
0d = GPIO1 is disabled
1d = GPIO1 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO)
2d = GPIO1 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ)
3d = GPIO1 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2)
4d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
5d to 7d = Reserved
8d = GPIO1 is configured as an input to control when MICBIAS turns on or off
(MICBIAS_EN)
9d = GPIO1 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI)
10d = GPIO1 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK)
11d = GPIO1 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN)
12d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2
(PDMDIN1)
13d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4
(PDMDIN2)
14d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6
(PDMDIN3)
15d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8
(PDMDIN4)
3
Reserved
R
0h
2h
Reserved
2-0
GPIO1_DRV[2:0]
R/W
GPIO1 output drive configuration (not used when GPIO1 is configured as
SDOUT2).
0d = Hi-Z output
1d = Drive active low and active high
2d = Drive active low and weak high
3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z
4d = Drive weak low and active high
5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
6d to 7d = Reserved
8.6.1.1.23 GPO_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x22) [reset = 0h]
This registeris the GPO configuration register 0.
Figure 111. GPO_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPO1_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
GPO1_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h
72
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 74. GPO_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
GPO1_CFG[3:0]
R/W
0h
IN1M_GPO1 (GPO1) configuration.
0d = GPO1 is disabled
1d = GPO1 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO)
2d = GPO1 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ)
3d = GPO1 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2)
4d = GPO1 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
5d to 15d = Reserved
3
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
2-0
GPO1_DRV[2:0]
R/W
IN1M_GPO1 (GPO1) output drive configuration (not used when GPO1 is
configured as SDOUT2).
0d = Hi-Z output
1d = Drive active low and active high
2d = Drive active low and weak high
3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z
4d = Drive weak low and active high
5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
6d to 7d = Reserved
8.6.1.1.24 GPO_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x23) [reset = 0h]
This registeris the GPO configuration register 1.
Figure 112. GPO_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPO2_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
GPO2_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h
Table 75. GPO_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
GPO2_CFG[3:0]
R/W
0h
IN2M_GPO2 (GPO2) configuration.
0d = GPO2 is disabled
1d = GPO2 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO)
2d = GPO2 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ)
3d = GPO2 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2)
4d = GPO2 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
5d to 15d = Reserved
3
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
2-0
GPO2_DRV[2:0]
R/W
IN2M_GPO2 (GPO2) output drive configuration (not used when GPO2 is
configured as SDOUT2).
0d = Hi-Z output
1d = Drive active low and active high
2d = Drive active low and weak high
3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z
4d = Drive weak low and active high
5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
6d to 7d = Reserved
8.6.1.1.25 GPO_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x24) [reset = 0h]
This registeris the GPO configuration register 2.
Figure 113. GPO_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPO3_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
GPO3_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
73
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 76. GPO_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
GPO3_CFG[3:0]
R/W
0h
IN3M_GPO3 (GPO3) configuration.
0d = GPO3 is disabled
1d = GPO3 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO)
2d = GPO3 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ)
3d = GPO3 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2)
4d = GPO3 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
5d to 15d = Reserved
3
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
2-0
GPO3_DRV[2:0]
R/W
IN3M_GPO3 (GPO3) output drive configuration (not used when GPO3 is
configured as SDOUT2).
0d = Hi-Z output
1d = Drive active low and active high
2d = Drive active low and weak high
3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z
4d = Drive weak low and active high
5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
6d to 7d = Reserved
8.6.1.1.26 GPO_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x25) [reset = 0h]
This registeris the GPO configuration register 3.
Figure 114. GPO_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPO4_CFG[3:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
GPO4_DRV[2:0]
R/W-0h
Table 77. GPO_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
GPO4_CFG[3:0]
R/W
0h
IN4M_GPO4 (GPO4) configuration.
0d = GPO4 is disabled
1d = GPO4 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO)
2d = GPO4 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ)
3d = GPO4 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2)
4d = GPO4 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK)
5d to 15d = Reserved
3
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
2-0
GPO4_DRV[2:0]
R/W
IN4M_GPO4 (GPO4) output drive configuration (not used when GPO4 is
configured as SDOUT2).
0d = Hi-Z output
1d = Drive active low and active high
2d = Drive active low and weak high
3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z
4d = Drive weak low and active high
5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high
6d to 7d = Reserved
8.6.1.1.27 GPO_VAL Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x29) [reset = 0h]
This register is the GPIO and GPO output value register.
Figure 115. GPO_VAL Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIO1_VAL
R/W-0h
GPO1_VAL
R/W-0h
GPO2_VAL
R/W-0h
GPO3_VAL
R/W-0h
GPO4_VAL
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
74
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 78. GPO_VAL Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
GPIO1_VAL
GPO1_VAL
GPO2_VAL
GPO3_VAL
GPO4_VAL
Reserved
R/W
0h
GPIO1 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0
1d = Drive the output with a value of 1
6
5
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
0h
0h
0h
0h
0h
GPO1 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0
1d = Drive the output with a value of 1
GPO2 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0
1d = Drive the output with a value of 1
4
GPO3 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0
1d = Drive the output with a value of 1
3
GPO4 output value when configured as a GPO.
0d = Drive the output with a value of 0
1d = Drive the output with a value of 1
2-0
Reserved
8.6.1.1.28 GPIO_MON Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2A) [reset = 0h]
This register is the GPIO monitor value register.
Figure 116. GPIO_MON Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIO1_MON
R-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 79. GPIO_MON Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
GPIO1_MON
R
0h
GPIO1 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0
1d = Input monitor value 1
6-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.29 GPI_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2B) [reset = 0h]
This register is the GPI configuration register 0.
Figure 117. GPI_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
GPI1_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
GPI2_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
75
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 80. GPI_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
GPI1_CFG[2:0]
Reserved
6-4
R/W
0h
IN1P_GPI1 (GPI1) configuration.
0d = GPI1 is disabled
1d = GPI1 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI)
2d = GPI1 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK)
3d = GPI1 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN)
4d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2
(PDMDIN1)
5d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4
(PDMDIN2)
6d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6
(PDMDIN3)
7d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8
(PDMDIN4)
3
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
2-0
GPI2_CFG[2:0]
R/W
IN2P_GPI2 (GPI2) configuration.
0d = GPI2 is disabled
1d = GPI2 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI)
2d = GPI2 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK)
3d = GPI2 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN)
4d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2
(PDMDIN1)
5d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4
(PDMDIN2)
6d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6
(PDMDIN3)
7d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8
(PDMDIN4)
8.6.1.1.30 GPI_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2C) [reset = 0h]
This register is the GPI configuration register 1.
Figure 118. GPI_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
GPI3_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
GPI4_CFG[2:0]
R/W-0h
Table 81. GPI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
GPI3_CFG[2:0]
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6-4
R/W
0h
IN3P_GPI3 (GPI3) configuration.
0d = GPI3 is disabled
1d = GPI3 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI)
2d = GPI3 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK)
3d = GPI3 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN)
4d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2
(PDMDIN1)
5d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4
(PDMDIN2)
6d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6
(PDMDIN3)
7d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8
(PDMDIN4)
3
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
76
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 81. GPI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
GPI4_CFG[2:0]
Type
Reset
Description
2-0
R/W
0h
IN4P_GPI4 (GPI4) configuration.
0d = GPI4 is disabled
1d = GPI4 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI)
2d = GPI4 is configured as a master clock input (MCLK)
3d = GPI4 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN)
4d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2
(PDMDIN1)
5d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4
(PDMDIN2)
6d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6
(PDMDIN3)
7d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8
(PDMDIN4)
8.6.1.1.31 GPI_MON Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2F) [reset = 0h]
This regiser is the GPI monitor value register.
Figure 119. GPI_MON Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPI1_MON
R-0h
GPI2_MON
R-0h
GPI3_MON
R-0h
GPI4_MON
R-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 82. GPI_MON Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
GPI1_MON
Type
Reset
Description
7
R
0h
GPI1 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0
1d = Input monitor value 1
6
5
GPI2_MON
GPI3_MON
GPI4_MON
Reserved
R
R
R
R
0h
0h
0h
0h
GPI2 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0
1d = Input monitor value 1
GPI3 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0
1d = Input monitor value 1
4
GPI4 monitor value when configured as a GPI.
0d = Input monitor value 0
1d = Input monitor value 1
3-0
Reserved
8.6.1.1.32 INT_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x32) [reset = 0h]
This regiser is the interrupt configuration register.
Figure 120. INT_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LTCH_READ_
CFG
INT_POL
R/W-0h
INT_EVENT[1:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Reserved
R-0h
R/W-0h
Table 83. INT_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
INT_POL
Type
Reset
Description
7
R/W
0h
Interrupt polarity.
0b = Active low (IRQZ)
1b = Active high (IRQ)
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
77
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 83. INT_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
6-5
INT_EVENT[1:0]
R/W
0h
Interrupt event configuration.
0d = INT asserts on any unmasked latched interrupts event
1d = Reserved
2d = INT asserts for 2 ms (typical) for every 4-ms (typical) duration on any
unmasked latched interrupts event
3d = INT asserts for 2 ms (typical) one time on each pulse for any unmasked
interrupts event
4-3
2
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
LTCH_READ_CFG
R/W
Interrupt latch registers readback configuration.
0b = All interrupts can be read through the LTCH registers
1b = Only unmasked interrupts can be read through the LTCH registers
1-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.33 INT_MASK0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x33) [reset = FFh]
This register is the interrupt masks register 0.
Figure 121. INT_MASK0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INT_MASK0[7] INT_MASK0[6]
R/W-1h R/W-1h
Reserved
R/W-3Fh
Table 84. INT_MASK0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
INT_MASK0[7]
Type
Reset
Description
7
R/W
1h
ASI clock error mask.
0b = Do not mask
1b = Mask
6
INT_MASK0[6]
Reserved
R/W
R/W
1h
PLL Lock interrupt mask.
0b = Do not mask
1b = Mask
5-0
3Fh
Reserved
8.6.1.1.34 INT_LTCH0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x36) [reset = 0h]
This register is the latched Interrupt readback register 0.
Figure 122. INT_LTCH0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INT_LTCH0[7] INT_LTCH0[6]
R-0h R-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 85. INT_LTCH0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
INT_LTCH0[7]
INT_LTCH0[6]
Reserved
R
0h
Interrupt caused by an ASI bus clock error (self-clearing bit).
0b = No interrupt
1b = Interrupt
6
R
R
0h
0h
Interrupt caused by PLL LOCK (self-clearing bit).
0b = No interrupt
1b = Interrupt
5-0
Reserved
78
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6.1.1.35 BIAS_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3B) [reset = 0h]
This register is the bias and ADC configuration register
Figure 123. BIAS_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
MBIAS_VAL[2:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
ADC_FSCALE[1:0]
R/W-0h
Table 86. BIAS_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7
Field
Reserved
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
6-4
MBIAS_VAL[2:0]
R/W
0h
MICBIAS value.
0d = Microphone bias is set to VREF (2.750 V, 2.500 V, or 1.375 V)
1d = Microphone bias is set to VREF × 1.096 (3.014 V, 2.740 V, or 1.507 V)
2d to 5d = Reserved
6d = Microphone bias is set to AVDD
3-2
1-0
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
ADC_FSCALE[1:0]
R/W
ADC full-scale setting (configure this setting based on the AVDD supply
minimum voltage used).
0d = VREF is set to 2.75 V to support 2 VRMS for the differential input or 1
VRMS for the single-ended input
1d = VREF is set to 2.5 V to support 1.818 VRMS for the differential input or
0.909 VRMS for the single-ended input
2d = VREF is set to 1.375 V to support 1 VRMS for the differential input or 0.5
VRMS for the single-ended input
3d = Reserved
8.6.1.1.36 CH1_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3C) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 0 for channel 1.
Figure 124. CH1_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH1_INTYP
R/W-0h
CH1_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h
CH1_DC
R/W-0h
CH1_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
CH1_AGCEN
R/W-0h
Table 87. CH1_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
CH1_INTYP
R/W
0h
Channel 1 input type.
0d = Microphone input
1d = Line input
6-5
CH1_INSRC[1:0]
R/W
0h
Channel 1 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions must be
disabled)
1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions must be
disabled)
2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins
accordingly for PDMDIN1 and PDMCLK)
3d = Reserved
4
CH1_DC
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
Channel 1 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
0d = AC-coupled input
1d = DC-coupled input
3-2
CH1_IMP[1:0]
Channel 1 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance
1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance
2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
3d = Reserved
1
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
79
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 87. CH1_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
0
CH1_AGCEN
R/W
0h
Channel 1 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled
1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108
(P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.37 CH1_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3D) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 1 for channel 1.
Figure 125. CH1_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH1_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 88. CH1_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH1_GAIN[5:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-2
R/W
0h
Channel 1 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB
1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB
2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB
3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration
42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
43d to 63d = Reserved
1-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.38 CH1_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3E) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for channel 1.
Figure 126. CH1_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH1_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
Table 89. CH1_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH1_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 1 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
8.6.1.1.39 CH1_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3F) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for channel 1.
Figure 127. CH1_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH1_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
80
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 90. CH1_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH1_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 1 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.40 CH1_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x40) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for channel 1.
Figure 128. CH1_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH1_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 91. CH1_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH1_PCAL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
Channel 1 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
8.6.1.1.41 CH2_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x41) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 0 for channel 2.
Figure 129. CH2_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH2_INTYP
R/W-0h
CH2_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h
CH2_DC
R/W-0h
CH2_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
CH2_AGCEN
R/W-0h
Table 92. CH2_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
CH2_INTYP
R/W
0h
Channel 2 input type.
0d = Microphone input
1d = Line input
6-5
CH2_INSRC[1:0]
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
Channel 2 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI2 and GPO2 pin functions must be
disabled)
1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI2 and GPO2 pin functions must be
disabled)
2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins
accordingly for PDMDIN1 and PDMCLK)
3d = Reserved
4
CH2_DC
Channel 2 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
0d = AC-coupled input
1d = DC-coupled input
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
81
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 92. CH2_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
3-2
CH2_IMP[1:0]
R/W
0h
Channel 2 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance
1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance
2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
3d = Reserved
1
0
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
CH2_AGCEN
R/W
Channel 2 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled
1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108
(P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.42 CH2_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x42) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 1 for channel 2.
Figure 130. CH2_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH2_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 93. CH2_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH2_GAIN[5:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-2
R/W
0h
Channel 2 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB
1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB
2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB
3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration
42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
43d to 63d = Reserved
1-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.43 CH2_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x43) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for channel 2.
Figure 131. CH2_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH2_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
Table 94. CH2_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH2_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 2 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
82
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6.1.1.44 CH2_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x44) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for channel 2.
Figure 132. CH2_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH2_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 95. CH2_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH2_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 2 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.45 CH2_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x45) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for channel 2.
Figure 133. CH2_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH2_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 96. CH2_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH2_PCAL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
Channel 2 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
8.6.1.1.46 CH3_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x46) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 0 for channel 3.
Figure 134. CH3_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH3_INTYP
R/W-0h
CH3_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h
CH3_DC
R/W-0h
CH3_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
CH3_AGCEN
R/W-0h
Table 97. CH3_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH3_INTYP
Type
Reset
Description
7
R/W
0h
Channel 3 input type.
0d = Microphone input
1d = Line input
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
83
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 97. CH3_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
6-5
CH3_INSRC[1:0]
R/W
0h
Channel 3 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI3 and GPO3 pin functions must be
disabled)
1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI3 and GPO3 pin functions must be
disabled)
2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins
accordingly for PDMDIN2 and PDMCLK)
3d = Reserved
4
CH3_DC
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
Channel 3 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
0d = AC-coupled input
1d = DC-coupled input
3-2
CH3_IMP[1:0]
Channel 3 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance
1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance
2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
3d = Reserved
1
0
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
CH3_AGCEN
R/W
Channel 3 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled
1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108
(P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.47 CH3_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x47) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 1 for channel 3.
Figure 135. CH3_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH3_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 98. CH3_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH3_GAIN[5:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-2
R/W
0h
Channel 3 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB
1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB
2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB
3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration
42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
43d to 63d = Reserved
1-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.48 CH3_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x48) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for channel 3.
Figure 136. CH3_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH3_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
84
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 99. CH3_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH3_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 3 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
8.6.1.1.49 CH3_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x49) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for channel 3.
Figure 137. CH3_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH3_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 100. CH3_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH3_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 3 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.50 CH3_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4A) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for channel 3.
Figure 138. CH3_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH3_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 101. CH3_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH3_PCAL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
Channel 3 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
85
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.6.1.1.51 CH4_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4B) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 0 for channel 4.
Figure 139. CH4_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH4_INTYP
R/W-0h
CH4_INSRC[1:0]
R/W-0h
CH4_DC
R/W-0h
CH4_IMP[1:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
CH4_AGCEN
R/W-0h
Table 102. CH4_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
CH4_INTYP
R/W
0h
Channel 4 input type.
0d = Microphone input
1d = Line input
6-5
CH4_INSRC[1:0]
R/W
0h
Channel 4 input configuration.
0d = Analog differential input (the GPI4 and GPO4 pin functions must be
disabled)
1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI4 and GPO4 pin functions must be
disabled)
2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins
accordingly for PDMDIN2 and PDMCLK)
3d = Reserved
4
CH4_DC
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
Channel 4 input coupling (applicable for the analog input).
0d = AC-coupled input
1d = DC-coupled input
3-2
CH4_IMP[1:0]
Channel 4 input impedance (applicable for the analog input).
0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance
1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance
2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance
3d = Reserved
1
0
Reserved
R
0h
0h
Reserved
CH4_AGCEN
R/W
Channel 4 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting.
0d = AGC disabled
1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108
(P0_R108)
8.6.1.1.52 CH4_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4C) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 1 for channel 4.
Figure 140. CH4_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH4_GAIN[5:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 103. CH4_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH4_GAIN[5:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-2
R/W
0h
Channel 4 gain.
0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB
1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB
2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB
3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration
42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB
43d to 63d = Reserved
1-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
86
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6.1.1.53 CH4_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4D) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for channel 4.
Figure 141. CH4_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH4_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
Table 104. CH4_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH4_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 4 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
8.6.1.1.54 CH4_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4E) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for channel 4.
Figure 142. CH4_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH4_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 105. CH4_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH4_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 4 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.55 CH4_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4F) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for channel 4.
Figure 143. CH4_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH4_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
87
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 106. CH4_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
CH4_PCAL[7:0]
R/W
0h
Channel 4 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
8.6.1.1.56 CH5_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x52) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 144. CH5_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH5_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
Table 107. CH5_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH5_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 5 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
8.6.1.1.57 CH5_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x53) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 145. CH5_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH5_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 108. CH5_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH5_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 5 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
88
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6.1.1.58 CH5_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x54) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 146. CH5_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH5_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 109. CH5_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH5_PCAL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
Channel 5 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
8.6.1.1.59 CH6_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x57) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 147. CH6_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH6_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
Table 110. CH6_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH6_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 6 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
8.6.1.1.60 CH6_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x58) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 148. CH6_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH6_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 111. CH6_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH6_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 6 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
89
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 111. CH6_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.61 CH6_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x59) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 149. CH6_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH6_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 112. CH6_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH6_PCAL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
Channel 6 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
8.6.1.1.62 CH7_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5C) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 150. CH7_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH7_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
Table 113. CH7_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH7_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 7 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
8.6.1.1.63 CH7_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5D) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 151. CH7_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH7_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
90
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 114. CH7_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH7_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 7 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.64 CH7_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5E) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 152. CH7_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH7_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 115. CH7_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH7_PCAL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
Channel 7 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
8.6.1.1.65 CH8_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x61) [reset = C9h]
This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 153. CH8_CFG2 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH8_DVOL[7:0]
R/W-C9h
Table 116. CH8_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH8_DVOL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
C9h
Channel 8 digital volume control.
0d = Digital volume is muted
1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB
2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB
3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB
202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB
203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration
254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB
255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
91
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.6.1.1.66 CH8_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x62) [reset = 80h]
This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 154. CH8_CFG3 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH8_GCAL[3:0]
R/W-8h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 117. CH8_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH8_GCAL[3:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
R/W
8h
Channel 8 gain calibration.
0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB
1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB
2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB
3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB
9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB
10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration
14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB
15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB
3-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.67 CH8_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x63) [reset = 0h]
This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only).
Figure 155. CH8_CFG4 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH8_PCAL[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 118. CH8_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
CH8_PCAL[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
Channel 8 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution.
0d = No phase calibration
1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock
2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock
3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration
255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock
8.6.1.1.68 DSP_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x6B) [reset = 1h]
This register is the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration register 0.
Figure 156. DSP_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
R-0h
DECI_FILT[1:0]
R/W-0h
CH_SUM[1:0]
R/W-0h
HPF_SEL[1:0]
R/W-1h
Table 119. DSP_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
7-6
5-4
Field
Type
R
Reset
0h
Description
Reserved
Reserved
DECI_FILT[1:0]
R/W
0h
Decimation filter response.
0d = Linear phase
1d = Low latency
2d = Ultra-low latency
3d = Reserved
92
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Table 119. DSP_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
3-2
CH_SUM[1:0]
R/W
0h
Channel summation mode for higher SNR
0d = Channel summation mode is disabled
1d = 2-channel summation mode is enabled to generate a (CH1 + CH2) / 2
and a (CH3 + CH4) / 2 output
2d = 4-channel summation mode is enabled to generate a (CH1 + CH2 + CH3
+ CH4) / 4 output
3d = Reserved
1-0
HPF_SEL[1:0]
R/W
1h
High-pass filter (HPF) selection.
0d = Programmable first-order IIR filter for a custom HPF with default
coefficient values in P4_R72 to P4_R83 set as the all-pass filter
1d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.00025 × fS (12 Hz at fS = 48 kHz) is selected
2d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.002 × fS (96 Hz at fS = 48 kHz) is selected
3d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.008 × fS (384 Hz at fS = 48 kHz) is selected
8.6.1.1.69 DSP_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x6C) [reset = 40h]
This register is the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration register 1.
Figure 157. DSP_CFG1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DISABLE_
SOFT_STEP
DVOL_GANG
R/W-0h
BIQUAD_CFG[1:0]
R/W-2h
AGC_SEL
R/W-0h
Reserved
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
Table 120. DSP_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
DVOL_GANG
R/W
0h
DVOL control ganged across channels.
0d = Each channel has its own DVOL CTRL settings as programmed in the
CHx_DVOL bits
1d = All active channels must use the channel 1 DVOL setting (CH1_DVOL)
irrespective of whether channel 1 is turned on or not
6-5
BIQUAD_CFG[1:0]
R/W
2h
Number of biquads per channel configuration.
0d = No biquads per channel; biquads are all disabled
1d = 1 biquad per channel
2d = 2 biquads per channel
3d = 3 biquads per channel
4
3
DISABLE_SOFT_STEP
AGC_SEL
R/W
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
0h
Soft-stepping disable during DVOL change, mute, and unmute.
0d = Soft-stepping enabled
1d = Soft-stepping disabled
AGC selection when is enabled for any channel.
0d = AGC is not selected
1d = AGC is selected
2-0
Reserved
Reserved
8.6.1.1.70 AGC_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x70) [reset = E7h]
This register is the automatic gain controller (AGC) configuration register 0.
Figure 158. AGC_CFG0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AGC_LVL[3:0]
R/W-Eh
AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0]
R/W-7h
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
93
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 121. AGC_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-4
AGC_LVL[3:0]
R/W
Eh
AGC output signal target level.
0d = Output signal target level is –6 dB
1d = Output signal target level is –8 dB
2d = Output signal target level is –10 dB
3d to 13d = Output signal target level is as per configuration
14d = Output signal target level is –34 dB
15d = Output signal target level is –36 dB
3-0
AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0]
R/W
7h
AGC maximum gain allowed.
0d = Maximum gain allowed is 3 dB
1d = Maximum gain allowed is 6 dB
2d = Maximum gain allowed is 9 dB
3d to 11d = Maximum gain allowed is as per configuration
12d = Maximum gain allowed is 39 dB
13d = Maximum gain allowed is 42 dB
14d to 15d = Reserved
8.6.1.1.71 IN_CH_EN Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x73) [reset = F0h]
This register is the input channel enable configuration register.
Figure 159. IN_CH_EN Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IN_CH1_EN
R/W-1h
IN_CH2_EN
R/W-1h
IN_CH3_EN
R/W-1h
IN_CH4_EN
R/W-1h
IN_CH5_EN
R/W-0h
IN_CH6_EN
R/W-0h
IN_CH7_EN
R/W-0h
IN_CH8_EN
R/W-0h
Table 122. IN_CH_EN Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
IN_CH1_EN
Type
Reset
Description
7
R/W
1h
Input channel 1 enable setting.
0d = Channel 1 is disabled
1d = Channel 1 is enabled
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IN_CH2_EN
IN_CH3_EN
IN_CH4_EN
IN_CH5_EN
IN_CH6_EN
IN_CH7_EN
IN_CH8_EN
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
1h
1h
1h
0h
0h
0h
0h
Input channel 2 enable setting.
0d = Channel 2 is disabled
1d = Channel 2 is enabled
Input channel 3 enable setting.
0d = Channel 3 is disabled
1d = Channel 3 is enabled
Input channel 4 enable setting.
0d = Channel 4 is disabled
1d = Channel 4 is enabled
Input channel 5 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 5 is disabled
1d = Channel 5 is enabled
Input channel 6 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 6 is disabled
1d = Channel 6 is enabled
Input channel 7 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 7 is disabled
1d = Channel 7 is enabled
Input channel 8 (PDM only) enable setting.
0d = Channel 8 is disabled
1d = Channel 8 is enabled
94
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6.1.1.72 ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x74) [reset = 0h]
This register is the ASI output channel enable configuration register.
Figure 160. ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ASI_OUT_CH1 ASI_OUT_CH2 ASI_OUT_CH3 ASI_OUT_CH4 ASI_OUT_CH5 ASI_OUT_CH6 ASI_OUT_CH7 ASI_OUT_CH8
_EN
_EN
_EN
_EN
_EN
_EN
_EN
_EN
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
Table 123. ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ASI_OUT_CH1_EN
ASI_OUT_CH2_EN
ASI_OUT_CH3_EN
ASI_OUT_CH4_EN
ASI_OUT_CH5_EN
ASI_OUT_CH6_EN
ASI_OUT_CH7_EN
ASI_OUT_CH8_EN
R/W
0h
ASI output channel 1 enable setting.
0d = Channel 1 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 1 output slot is enabled
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
0h
0h
0h
0h
0h
ASI output channel 2 enable setting.
0d = Channel 2 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 2 output slot is enabled
ASI output channel 3 enable setting.
0d = Channel 3 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 3 output slot is enabled
ASI output channel 4 enable setting.
0d = Channel 4 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 4 output slot is enabled
ASI output channel 5 enable setting.
0d = Channel 5 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 5 output slot is enabled
ASI output channel 6 enable setting.
0d = Channel 6 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 6 output slot is enabled
ASI output channel 7 enable setting.
0d = Channel 7 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 7 output slot is enabled
ASI output channel 8 enable setting.
0d = Channel 8 output slot is in a tri-state condition
1d = Channel 8 output slot is enabled
8.6.1.1.73 PWR_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x75) [reset = 0h]
This register is the power-up configuration register.
Figure 161. PWR_CFG Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DYN_CH_
PUPD_EN
MICBIAS_PDZ
R/W-0h
ADC_PDZ
R/W-0h
PLL_PDZ
R/W-0h
DYN_MAXCH_SEL[1:0]
R/W-0h
Reserved
R/W-0h
R/W-0h
Table 124. PWR_CFG Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
MICBIAS_PDZ
R/W
0h
Power control for MICBIAS.
0d = Power down MICBIAS
1d = Power up MICBIAS
6
5
ADC_PDZ
R/W
R/W
0h
0h
Power control for ADC and PDM channels.
0d = Power down all ADC and PDM channels
1d = Power up all enabled ADC and PDM channels
PLL_PDZ
Power control for the PLL.
0d = Power down the PLL
1d = Power up the PLL
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
95
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
Table 124. PWR_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
4
DYN_CH_PUPD_EN
R/W
0h
Dynamic channel power-up, power-down enable.
0d = Channel power-up, power-down is not supported if any channel
recording is on
1d = Channel can be powered up or down individually, even if channel
recording is on
3-2
DYN_MAXCH_SEL[1:0]
R/W
0h
Dynamic mode maximum channel select configuration.
0d = Channel 1 and channel 2 are used with dynamic channel power-up,
power-down feature enabled
1d = Channel 1 to channel 4 are used with dynamic channel power-up,
power-down feature enabled
2d = Channel 1 to channel 6 are used with dynamic channel power-up,
power-down feature enabled
3d = Channel 1 to channel 8 are used with dynamic channel power-up,
power-down feature enabled
1-0
Reserved
R/W
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.74 DEV_STS0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x76) [reset = 0h]
This register is the device status value register 0.
Figure 162. DEV_STS0 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH1_STATUS CH2_STATUS CH3_STATUS CH4_STATUS CH5_STATUS CH6_STATUS CH7_STATUS CH8_STATUS
R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h
Table 125. DEV_STS0 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CH1_STATUS
CH2_STATUS
CH3_STATUS
CH4_STATUS
CH5_STATUS
CH6_STATUS
CH7_STATUS
CH8_STATUS
R
0h
ADC or PDM channel 1 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down
1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0h
0h
0h
0h
0h
0h
0h
ADC or PDM channel 2 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down
1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up
ADC or PDM channel 3 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down
1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up
ADC or PDM channel 4 power status.
0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down
1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up
PDM channel 5 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down
1d = PDM channel is powered up
PDM channel 6 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down
1d = PDM channel is powered up
PDM channel 7 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down
1d = PDM channel is powered up
PDM channel 8 power status.
0d = PDM channel is powered down
1d = PDM channel is powered up
96
Copyright © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6.1.1.75 DEV_STS1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x77) [reset = 80h]
This register is the device status value register 1.
Figure 163. DEV_STS1 Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MODE_STS[2:0]
R-4h
Reserved
R-0h
Table 126. DEV_STS1 Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
Type
Reset
Description
7-5
MODE_STS[2:0]
R
4h
Device mode status.
4d = Device is in sleep mode or software shutdown mode
6d = Device is in active mode with all ADC or PDM channels turned off
7d = Device is in active mode with at least one ADC or PDM channel turned
on
4-0
Reserved
R
0h
Reserved
8.6.1.1.76 I2C_CKSUM Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x7E) [reset = 0h]
This register returns the I2C transactions checksum value.
Figure 164. I2C_CKSUM Register
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
I2C_CKSUM[7:0]
R/W-0h
Table 127. I2C_CKSUM Register Field Descriptions
Bit
Field
I2C_CKSUM[7:0]
Type
Reset
Description
7-0
R/W
0h
These bits return the I2C transactions checksum value. Writing to this register
resets the checksum to the written value. This register is updated on writes to
other registers on all pages.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
97
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.6.2 Programmable Coefficient Registers
8.6.2.1 Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x02
This register page (shown in 表 128) consists of the programmable coefficients for the biquad 1 to biquad 6
filters. To optimize the coefficients register transaction time for page 2, page 3, and page 4, the device also
supports (by default) auto-incremented pages for the I2C and SPI burst writes and reads. After a transaction of
register address 0x7F, the device auto increments to the next page at register 0x08 to transact the next
coefficient value.
表 128. Page 0x02 Programmable Coefficient Registers
ADDRESS
0x00
0x08
0x09
0x0A
0x0B
0x0C
0x0D
0x0E
0x0F
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
0x18
0x19
0x1A
0x1B
0x1C
0x1D
0x1E
0x1F
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x27
0x28
0x29
0x2A
0x2B
0x2C
0x2D
0x2E
0x2F
0x30
0x31
REGISTER
RESET
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
DESCRIPTION
PAGE[7:0]
Device page register
BQ1_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ1_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ1_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ1_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ1_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ1_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ1_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ1_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ1_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ1_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ1_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ1_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ1_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ1_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ1_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ1_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ1_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ1_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ1_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ1_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ2_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ2_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ2_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ2_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ2_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ2_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ2_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ2_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ2_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ2_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ2_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ2_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ2_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ2_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ2_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ2_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ2_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ2_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ2_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ2_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ3_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ3_N0_BYT2[7:0]
Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
98
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
表 128. Page 0x02 Programmable Coefficient Registers (接下页)
0x32
0x33
0x34
0x35
0x36
0x37
0x38
0x39
0x3A
0x3B
0x3C
0x3D
0x3E
0x3F
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
0x44
0x45
0x46
0x47
0x48
0x49
0x4A
0x4B
0x4C
0x4D
0x4E
0x4F
0x50
0x51
0x52
0x53
0x54
0x55
0x56
0x57
0x58
0x59
0x5A
0x5B
0x5C
0x5D
0x5E
0x5F
0x60
0x61
0x62
0x63
0x64
0x65
BQ3_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ3_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ3_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ3_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ3_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ3_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ3_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ3_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ3_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ3_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ3_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ3_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ3_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ3_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ3_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ3_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ3_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ3_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ4_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ4_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ4_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ4_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ4_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ4_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ4_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ4_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ4_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ4_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ4_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ4_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ4_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ4_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ4_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ4_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ4_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ4_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ4_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ4_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ5_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ5_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ5_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ5_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ5_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ5_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ5_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ5_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ5_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ5_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ5_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ5_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ5_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ5_D1_BYT2[7:0]
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
99
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
表 128. Page 0x02 Programmable Coefficient Registers (接下页)
0x66
0x67
0x68
0x69
0x6A
0x6B
0x6C
0x6D
0x6E
0x6F
0x70
0x71
0x72
0x73
0x74
0x75
0x76
0x77
0x78
0x79
0x7A
0x7B
0x7C
0x7D
0x7E
0x7F
BQ5_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ5_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ5_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ5_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ5_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ5_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ6_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ6_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ6_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ6_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ6_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ6_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ6_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ6_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ6_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ6_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ6_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ6_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ6_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ6_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ6_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ6_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ6_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ6_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ6_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ6_D2_BYT4[7:0]
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
100
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
8.6.2.2 Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x03
This register page (shown in 表 129) consists of the programmable coefficients for the biquad 7 to biquad 12
filters. To optimize the coefficients register transaction time for page 2, page 3, and page 4, the device also
supports (by default) auto-incremented pages for the I2C and SPI burst writes and reads. After a transaction of
register address 0x7F, the device auto increments to the next page at register 0x08 to transact the next
coefficient value.
表 129. Page 0x03 Programmable Coefficient Registers
ADDR
0x00
0x08
0x09
0x0A
0x0B
0x0C
0x0D
0x0E
0x0F
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
0x18
0x19
0x1A
0x1B
0x1C
0x1D
0x1E
0x1F
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x27
0x28
0x29
0x2A
0x2B
0x2C
0x2D
0x2E
0x2F
0x30
0x31
0x32
REGISTER
RESET
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
DESCRIPTION
PAGE[7:0]
Device page register
BQ7_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ7_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ7_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ7_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ7_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ7_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ7_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ7_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ7_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ7_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ7_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ7_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ7_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ7_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ7_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ7_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ7_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ7_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ7_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ7_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ8_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ8_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ8_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ8_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ8_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ8_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ8_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ8_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ8_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ8_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ8_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ8_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ8_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ8_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ8_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ8_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ8_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ8_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ8_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ8_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ9_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ9_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ9_N0_BYT3[7:0]
Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
101
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
表 129. Page 0x03 Programmable Coefficient Registers (接下页)
0x33
0x34
0x35
0x36
0x37
0x38
0x39
0x3A
0x3B
0x3C
0x3D
0x3E
0x3F
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
0x44
0x45
0x46
0x47
0x48
0x49
0x4A
0x4B
0x4C
0x4D
0x4E
0x4F
0x50
0x51
0x52
0x53
0x54
0x55
0x56
0x57
0x58
0x59
0x5A
0x5B
0x5C
0x5D
0x5E
0x5F
0x60
0x61
0x62
0x63
0x64
0x65
0x66
BQ9_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ9_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ9_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ9_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ9_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ9_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ9_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ9_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ9_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ9_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ9_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ9_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ9_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ9_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ9_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ9_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ9_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ10_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ10_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ10_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ10_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ10_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ10_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ10_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ10_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ10_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ10_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ10_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ10_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ10_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ10_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ10_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ10_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ10_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ10_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ10_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ10_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ11_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ11_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ11_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ11_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ11_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ11_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ11_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ11_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ11_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ11_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ11_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ11_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ11_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ11_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ11_D1_BYT3[7:0]
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
102
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
表 129. Page 0x03 Programmable Coefficient Registers (接下页)
0x67
0x68
0x69
0x6A
0x6B
0x6C
0x6D
0x6E
0x6F
0x70
0x71
0x72
0x73
0x74
0x75
0x76
0x77
0x78
0x79
0x7A
0x7B
0x7C
0x7D
0x7E
0x7F
BQ11_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ11_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ11_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ11_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ11_D2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ12_N0_BYT1[7:0]
BQ12_N0_BYT2[7:0]
BQ12_N0_BYT3[7:0]
BQ12_N0_BYT4[7:0]
BQ12_N1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ12_N1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ12_N1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ12_N1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ12_N2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ12_N2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ12_N2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ12_N2_BYT4[7:0]
BQ12_D1_BYT1[7:0]
BQ12_D1_BYT2[7:0]
BQ12_D1_BYT3[7:0]
BQ12_D1_BYT4[7:0]
BQ12_D2_BYT1[7:0]
BQ12_D2_BYT2[7:0]
BQ12_D2_BYT3[7:0]
BQ12_D2_BYT4[7:0]
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[7:0]
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
103
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
8.6.2.3 Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x04
This register page (shown in 表 130) consists of the programmable coefficients for mixer 1 to mixer 4 and the
first-order IIR filter.
表 130. Page 0x04 Programmable Coefficient Registers
ADDR
0x00
0x08
0x09
0x0A
0x0B
0x0C
0x0D
0x0E
0x0F
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
0x18
0x19
0x1A
0x1B
0x1C
0x1D
0x1E
0x1F
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x27
0x28
0x29
0x2A
0x2B
0x2C
0x2D
0x2E
0x2F
0x30
0x31
0x32
0x33
0x34
0x35
REGISTER
RESET
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
DESCRIPTION
PAGE[7:0]
Device page register
MIX1_CH1_BYT1[7:0]
MIX1_CH1_BYT2[7:0]
MIX1_CH1_BYT3[7:0]
MIX1_CH1_BYT4[7:0]
MIX1_CH2_BYT1[7:0]
MIX1_CH2_BYT2[7:0]
MIX1_CH2_BYT3[7:0]
MIX1_CH2_BYT4[7:0]
MIX1_CH3_BYT1[7:0]
MIX1_CH3_BYT2[7:0]
MIX1_CH3_BYT3[7:0]
MIX1_CH3_BYT4[7:0]
MIX1_CH4_BYT1[7:0]
MIX1_CH4_BYT2[7:0]
MIX1_CH4_BYT3[7:0]
MIX1_CH4_BYT4[7:0]
MIX2_CH1_BYT1[7:0]
MIX2_CH1_BYT2[7:0]
MIX2_CH1_BYT3[7:0]
MIX2_CH1_BYT4[7:0]
MIX2_CH2_BYT1[7:0]
MIX2_CH2_BYT2[7:0]
MIX2_CH2_BYT3[7:0]
MIX2_CH2_BYT4[7:0]
MIX2_CH3_BYT1[7:0]
MIX2_CH3_BYT2[7:0]
MIX2_CH3_BYT3[7:0]
MIX2_CH3_BYT4[7:0]
MIX2_CH4_BYT1[7:0]
MIX2_CH4_BYT2[7:0]
MIX2_CH4_BYT3[7:0]
MIX2_CH4_BYT4[7:0]
MIX3_CH1_BYT1[7:0]
MIX3_CH1_BYT2[7:0]
MIX3_CH1_BYT3[7:0]
MIX3_CH1_BYT4[7:0]
MIX3_CH2_BYT1[7:0]
MIX3_CH2_BYT2[7:0]
MIX3_CH2_BYT3[7:0]
MIX3_CH2_BYT4[7:0]
MIX3_CH3_BYT1[7:0]
MIX3_CH3_BYT2[7:0]
MIX3_CH3_BYT3[7:0]
MIX3_CH3_BYT4[7:0]
MIX3_CH4_BYT1[7:0]
MIX3_CH4_BYT2[7:0]
Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16]
104
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
表 130. Page 0x04 Programmable Coefficient Registers (接下页)
0x36
0x37
0x38
0x39
0x3A
0x3B
0x3C
0x3D
0x3E
0x3F
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
0x44
0x45
0x46
0x47
0x48
0x49
0x4A
0x4B
0x4C
0x4D
0x4E
0x4F
0x50
0x51
0x52
0x53
MIX3_CH4_BYT3[7:0]
MIX3_CH4_BYT4[7:0]
MIX4_CH1_BYT1[7:0]
MIX4_CH1_BYT2[7:0]
MIX4_CH1_BYT3[7:0]
MIX4_CH1_BYT4[7:0]
MIX4_CH2_BYT1[7:0]
MIX4_CH2_BYT2[7:0]
MIX4_CH2_BYT3[7:0]
MIX4_CH2_BYT4[7:0]
MIX4_CH3_BYT1[7:0]
MIX4_CH3_BYT2[7:0]
MIX4_CH3_BYT3[7:0]
MIX4_CH3_BYT4[7:0]
MIX4_CH4_BYT1[7:0]
MIX4_CH4_BYT2[7:0]
MIX4_CH4_BYT3[7:0]
MIX4_CH4_BYT4[7:0]
IIR_N0_BYT1[7:0]
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x7F
0xFF
0xFF
0xFF
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0]
Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24]
Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16]
Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8]
Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[7:0]
Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[31:24]
Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[23:16]
Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[15:8]
Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[7:0]
IIR_N0_BYT2[7:0]
IIR_N0_BYT3[7:0]
IIR_N0_BYT4[7:0]
IIR_N1_BYT1[7:0]
IIR_N1_BYT2[7:0]
IIR_N1_BYT3[7:0]
IIR_N1_BYT4[7:0]
IIR_D1_BYT1[7:0]
IIR_D1_BYT2[7:0]
IIR_D1_BYT3[7:0]
IIR_D1_BYT4[7:0]
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
105
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
9 Application and Implementation
注
Information in the following applications sections is not part of the TI component
specification, and TI does not warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI’s customers are
responsible for determining suitability of components for their purposes. Customers should
validate and test their design implementation to confirm system functionality.
9.1 Application Information
The TLV320ADC3140 is a multichannel, high-performance audio analog-to-digital converter (ADC) that supports
output sample rates of up to 768 kHz. The device supports either up to four analog microphones or up to eight
digital pulse density modulation (PDM) microphones for simultaneous recording applications.
Communication to the TLV320ADC3140 for configuration of the control registers is supported using an I2C or SPI
interface. The device supports a highly flexible, audio serial interface (TDM, I2S, and LJ) to transmit audio data
seamlessly in the system across devices.
9.2 Typical Applications
9.2.1 Four-Channel Analog Microphone Recording
图 165 shows a typical configuration of the TLV320ADC3140 for an application using four analog microelectrical-
mechanical system (MEMS) microphones for simultaneous recording operation with an I2C control interface and
a time-division multiplexing (TDM) audio data slave interface. For best distortion performance, use input AC-
coupling capacitors with a low-voltage coefficient.
10 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
3.3 V
(3.0 V to 3.6
V)
1 ꢀF
GND GND
1 ꢀF
0.1 ꢀF
GND
0.1 ꢀF
GND
10 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
DREG
VDD
OUTP
INP1_GPI1 (INP1)
0.1 ꢀF
AMIC1
OUTM
VSS
GND
INM1_GPO1 (INM1)
0.1 ꢀF
10 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
3.3 V
(3.0 V to 3.6 V)
OR
1.8 V
(1.65 V to 1.95 V)
GND
VDD
OUTP
IOVDD
INP2_GPI2 (INP2)
AMIC2
OUTM
VSS
0.1 ꢀF
INM2_GPO2 (INM2)
0.1 ꢀF
GND
Thermal Pad
(VSS)
1 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
TLV320ADCx140
GND
GND
VDD
OUTP
INP3_GPI3 (INP3)
ADDR1_MISO
(ADDR1)
AMIC3
OUTM
VSS
INM3_GPO3 (INM3)
0.1 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
GND
GND
ADDR0_SCLK
(ADDR0)
GND
VDD
OUTP
INP4_GPI4 (INP4)
AMIC4
OUTM
VSS
INM4_GPO4 (INM4)
0.1 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
GND
R ꢁ
R ꢁ
Host
Processor
图 165. Four-Channel Analog Microphone Recording Diagram
106
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
Typical Applications (接下页)
9.2.1.1 Design Requirements
表 131 lists the design parameters for this application.
表 131. Design Parameters
KEY PARAMETER
SPECIFICATION
AVDD
3.3 V
AVDD supply current consumption
IOVDD
> 23 mA (PLL on, four-channel recording, fS = 48 kHz)
1.8 V or 3.3 V
Maximum MICBIAS current
10 mA (MICBIAS voltage is the same as AVDD)
9.2.1.2 Detailed Design Procedure
This section describes the necessary steps to configure the TLV320ADC3140 for this specific application. The
following steps provide a sequence of items that must be executed in the time between powering the device up
and reading data from the device or transitioning from one mode to another mode of operation.
1. Apply power to the device:
a. Power-up the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies, keeping the SHDNZ pin voltage low
b. The device now goes into hardware shutdown mode (ultra-low-power mode < 1 µA)
2. Transition from hardware shutdown mode to sleep mode (or software shutdown mode):
a. Release SHDNZ only when the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies settle to the steady-state operating
voltage
b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers
c. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA)
3. Transition from sleep mode to active mode whenever required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode
b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence
c. Override default configuration registers or programmable coefficients value as required (this step is
optional)
d. Enable all desired input channels by writing to P0_R115
e. Enable all desired audio serial interface output channels by writing to P0_R116
f. Power-up the ADC, MICBIAS, and PLL by writing to P0_R117
g. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio
This specific step can be done at any point in the sequence after step a.
See the Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) and Clock Generation section for supported sample rates and the
BCLK to FSYNC ratio.
h. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor via the TDM audio serial data bus
4. Transition from active mode to sleep mode (again) as required in the system for low-power operation:
a. Enter sleep mode by writing to P0_R2 to enable sleep mode
b. Wait at least 6 ms (when FSYNC = 48 kHz) for the volume to ramp down and for all blocks to power
down
c. Read P0_R119 to check the device shutdown and sleep mode status
d. If the device P0_R119_D7 status bit is 1'b1 then stop FSYNC and BCLK in the system
e. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) and retains all register values
5. Transition from sleep mode to active mode (again) as required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode
b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence
c. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio
d. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor via the TDM audio serial data bus
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
107
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
6. Repeat step 4 and step 5 as required for mode transitions
7. Assert the SHDNZ pin low to enter hardware shutdown mode (again) at any time
8. Follow step 2 onwards to exit hardware shutdown mode (again)
9.2.1.2.1 Example Device Register Configuration Script for EVM Setup
This section provides a typical EVM I2C register control script that shows how to set up the TLV320ADC3140 in a
four-channel analog microphone recording mode with differential inputs.
# Key: w 98 XX YY ==> write to I2C address 0x98, to register 0xXX, data 0xYY
#
#
# ==> comment delimiter
# The following list gives an example sequence of items that must be executed in the time
# between powering the device up and reading data from the device. Note that there are
# other valid sequences depending on which features are used.
#
# See the TLV320ADC3140EVM user guide for jumper settings and audio connections.
#
# Differential 4-channel : INP1/INM1 - Ch1, INP2/INM2 - Ch2, INP3/INM3 - Ch3 and INP4/INM4 - Ch4
# FSYNC = 44.1 kHz (Output Data Sample Rate), BCLK = 11.2896 MHz (BCLK/FSYNC = 256)
################################################################
#
#
# Power up IOVDD and AVDD power supplies keeping SHDNZ pin voltage LOW
# Wait for IOVDD and AVDD power supplies to settle to steady state operating voltage range.
# Release SHDNZ to HIGH.
# Wait for 1ms.
#
# Wake-up device by I2C write into P0_R2 using internal AREG
w 98 02 81
#
# Enable Input Ch-1 to Ch-4 by I2C write into P0_R115
w 98 73 F0
#
# Enable ASI Output Ch-1 to Ch-4 slots by I2C write into P0_R116
w 98 74 F0
#
# Power-up ADC, MICBIAS and PLL by I2C write into P0_R117
w 98 75 E0
#
# Apply FSYNC = 44.1 kHz and BCLK = 11.2896 MHz and
# Start recording data by host on ASI bus with TDM protocol 32-bits channel wordlength
108
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
9.2.1.3 Application Curves
Measurements are done on the EVM by feeding the device analog input signal using audio precision.
0
-20
-60
-70
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
Channel-1
Channel-2
Channel-3
Channel-4
-40
-80
-60
-80
-90
-100
-120
-140
-160
-180
-200
-100
-110
-120
-130
-130
-115
-100
-85
-70
-55
-40
-25
-10
0
20
50
100
500
1000
5000 10000 20000
D211
Input Amplitude (dB)
Frequency (Hz)
TDH2D0+1
图 167. THD+N vs Input Amplitude
图 166. FFT With a –60-dBr Input
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
109
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
9.2.2 Eight-Channel Digital PDM Microphone Recording
图 165 shows a typical configuration of the TLV320ADC3140 for an application using eight digital PDM MEMS
microphones with simultaneous recording operation using an I2C control interface and the TDM audio data slave
interface.
10 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
VDD
(3.0 V to 3.6 V)
0.1 ꢀF
0.1 ꢀF
1 ꢀF
GND
GND
GND
10 ꢀF
VDD
SEL
CLK
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
DREG
DMIC1
Rterm
0.1 ꢀF
INP1_GPI1 (PDMDIN1)
INM1_GPO1 (PDMCLK)
VSS
DOUT
GND
VDD
CLK
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
10 ꢀF
SEL
VSS
Rterm
DMIC2
3.3 V
(3.0 V to 3.6 V)
OR
DOUT
Rterm
Rterm
VDD
SEL
CLK
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
IOVDD
DMIC3
1.8 V
(1.65 V to 1.95 V)
0.1 ꢀF
INP2_GPI2 (PDMDIN2)
INM2_GPO2 (PDMCLK)
DOUT
VSS
GND
VDD
SEL
VSS
CLK
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
Thermal Pad
(VSS)
Rterm
DMIC4
TLV320ADCx140
DOUT
Rterm
Rterm
GND
VDD
SEL
VSS
CLK
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
ADDR1_MISO
(ADDR1)
DMIC5
INP3_GPI13 (PDMDIN3)
DOUT
GND
GND
VDD
SEL
CLK
ADDR0_SCLK
(ADDR0)
INM3_GPO3 (PDMCLK)
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
Rterm
DMIC6
VSS
DOUT
Rterm
Rterm
VDD
SEL
CLK
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
DMIC7
INP4_GPI4 (PDMDIN4)
INM4_GPO4 (PDMCLK)
VSS
DOUT
VDD
CLK
VDD
0.1 ꢀF
GND
SEL
VSS
Rterm
DMIC8
DOUT
R ꢁ
Rterm
R ꢁ
Host
Processor
图 168. Eight-Channel Digital PDM Microphone Recording Diagram
9.2.2.1 Design Requirements
表 132 lists the design parameters for this application.
表 132. Design Parameters
KEY PARAMETER
SPECIFICATION
AVDD
3.3 V
AVDD supply current consumption
IOVDD
> 8 mA (PLL on, eight-channel recording, fS = 48 kHz)
1.8 V or 3.3 V
110
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
9.2.2.2 Detailed Design Procedure
This section describes the necessary steps to configure the TLV320ADC3140 for this specific application. The
following steps provide a sequence of items that must be executed in the time between powering the device up
and reading data from the device or transitioning from one mode to another mode of operation.
1. Apply power to the device:
a. Power up the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies, keeping the SHDNZ pin voltage low
b. The device now goes into hardware shutdown mode (ultra-low-power mode < 1 µA)
2. Transition from hardware shutdown mode to sleep mode (or software shutdown mode):
a. Release SHDNZ only when the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies settle to the steady-state operating
voltage
b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers initialization
c. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA)
3. Transition from sleep mode to active mode whenever required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode
b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence
c. Override the default configuration registers or programmable coefficients value as required (this step is
optional)
d. Configure channel 1 to channel 4 (CHx_INSRC) for the digital microphone as the input source for
recording
e. Configure GPO1 to GPO4 (GPOx_CFG) as the PDMCLK output
f. Configure GPI1 to GPI4 (GPI1x_CFG) as PDMDIN1 to PDMDIN4, respectively
g. Enable all desired input channels by writing to P0_R115
h. Enable all desired audio serial interface output channels by writing to P0_R116
i. Power-up the ADC and PLL by writing to P0_R117
j. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio
This specific step can be done at any point in the sequence after step a.
See the Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) and Clock Generation section for supported sample rates and the
BCLK to FSYNC ratio.
k. The device recording data is now sent to the host processor using the TDM audio serial data bus
4. Transition from active mode to sleep mode (again) as required in the system for low-power operation:
a. Enter sleep mode by writing to P0_R2 to enable sleep mode
b. Wait at least 6 ms (when FSYNC = 48 kHz) for the volume to ramp down and for all blocks to power
down
c. Read P0_R119 to check the device shutdown and sleep mode status
d. If the device P0_R119_D7 status bit is 1'b1 then stop FSYNC and BCLK in the system
e. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) and retains all register values
5. Transition from sleep mode to active mode (again) as required for the recording operation:
a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode
b. Wait at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence
c. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio
d. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor using the TDM audio serial data bus
6. Repeat step 4 and step 5 as required for mode transitions
7. Assert the SHDNZ pin low to enter hardware shutdown mode (again) at any time
8. Follow step 2 onwards to exit hardware shutdown mode (again)
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
111
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
9.2.2.2.1 Example Device Register Configuration Script for EVM Setup
This section provides a typical EVM I2C register control script that shows how to set up the TLV320ADC3140 in
an eight-channel digital PDM microphone recording mode.
# Key: w 98 XX YY ==> write to I2C address 0x98, to register 0xXX, data 0xYY
#
#
# ==> comment delimiter
# The following list gives an example sequence of items that must be executed in the time
# between powering the device up and reading data from the device. Note that there are
# other valid sequences depending on which features are used.
#
# See the TLV320ADC3140EVM user guide for jumper settings and audio connections.
#
# PDM 8-channel : PDMDIN1 - Ch1 and Ch2, PDMDIN2 - Ch3 and Ch4,
#
PDMDIN3 - Ch5 and Ch6, PDMDIN4 - Ch7 and Ch8
# FSYNC = 44.1 kHz (Output Data Sample Rate), BCLK = 11.2896 MHz (BCLK/FSYNC = 256)
################################################################
#
#
# Power up IOVDD and AVDD power supplies keeping SHDNZ pin voltage LOW
# Wait for IOVDD and AVDD power supplies to settle to steady state operating voltage range.
# Release SHDNZ to HIGH.
# Wait for 1ms.
#
# Wake-up device by I2C write into P0_R2 using internal AREG
w 98 02 81
#
# Configure CH1_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R60
w 98 3C 40
#
# Configure CH2_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R65
w 98 41 40
#
# Configure CH3_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R70
w 98 46 40
#
# Configure CH4_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R75
w 98 4B 40
#
# Configure GPO1 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R34
w 98 22 41
#
# Configure GPO2 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R35
w 98 23 41
#
# Configure GPO3 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R36
w 98 24 41
#
# Configure GPO4 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R37
w 98 25 41
#
# Configure GPI1 and GPI2 as PDMDIN1 and PDMDIN2 by I2C write into P0_R43
w 98 2B 45
#
# Configure GPI3 and GPI4 as PDMDIN3 and PDMDIN4 by I2C write into P0_R44
w 98 2C 67
#
# Enable Input Ch-1 to Ch-8 by I2C write into P0_R115
w 98 73 FF
#
# Enable ASI Output Ch-1 to Ch-8 slots by I2C write into P0_R116
w 98 74 FF
#
# Power-up ADC and PLL by I2C write into P0_R117
w 98 75 60
#
# Apply FSYNC = 44.1 kHz and BCLK = 11.2896 MHz and
# Start recording data by host on ASI bus with TDM protocol 32-bits channel wordlength
112
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
9.3 What to Do and What Not to Do
In master mode operation with I2S or LJ format, the device generates FSYNC half a cycle earlier than the normal
protocol timing behavior expected. This timing behavior can still function for most of the system, however for
further details and a suggested workaround for this weakness, see the Configuring and Operating the
TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application report.
The automatic gain controller (AGC) feature has some limitation when using sampling rates lower than 44.1 kHz.
For further details about this limitation, see the Using the Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140
application report.
10 Power Supply Recommendations
The power-supply sequence between the IOVDD and AVDD rails can be applied in any order. However, keep
the SHDNZ pin low until the IOVDD supply voltage settles to a stable and supported operating voltage range.
After all supplies are stable, set the SHDNZ pin high to initialize the device.
For the supply power-up requirement, t1 and t2 must be at least 100 µs. For the supply power-down requirement,
t3 and t4 must be at least 10 ms. This timing (as shown in 图 169) allows the device to ramp down the volume on
the record data, power down the analog and digital blocks, and put the device into hardware shutdown mode.
The device can also be immediately put into hardware shutdown mode from active mode if SHDNZ_CFG[1:0] is
set to 2'b00 using the P0_R5_D[3:2] bits. In that case, t3 and t4 are required to be at least 100 µs.
AVDD
t1
t3
IOVDD
SHDNZ
t4
t2
图 169. Power-Supply Sequencing Requirement Timing Diagram
Make sure that the supply ramp rate is slower than 1 V/µs and that the wait time between a power-down and a
power-up event is at least 100 ms.
After releasing SHDNZ, or after a software reset, delay any additional I2C or SPI transactions to the device for at
least 2 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers. See the Device Functional Modes section for
details on how the device operates in various modes after the device power supplies are settled to the
recommended operating voltage levels.
The TLV320ADC3140 supports a single AVDD supply operation by integrating an on-chip digital regulator,
DREG, and an analog regulator, AREG. However, if the AVDD voltage is less than 1.98 V in the system, then
short the AREG and AVDD pins onboard and do not enable the internal AREG by keeping the AREG_SELECT
bit to 1b'0 (default value) of P0_R2. If the AVDD supply used in the system is higher than 2.7 V, then the host
device can set AREG_SELECT to 1'b1 while exiting sleep mode to allow the device internal regulator to generate
the AREG supply.
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
113
TLV320ADC3140
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
www.ti.com.cn
11 Layout
11.1 Layout Guidelines
Each system design and printed circuit board (PCB) layout is unique. The layout must be carefully reviewed in
the context of a specific PCB design. However, the following guidelines can optimize the device performance:
•
Connect the thermal pad to ground. Use a via pattern to connect the device thermal pad, which is the area
directly under the device, to the ground planes. This connection helps dissipate heat from the device.
•
•
The decoupling capacitors for the power supplies must be placed close to the device pins.
Route the analog differential audio signals differentially on the PCB for better noise immunity. Avoid crossing
digital and analog signals to prevent undesirable crosstalk.
•
•
•
•
•
The device internal voltage references must be filtered using external capacitors. Place the filter capacitors
near the VREF pin for optimal performance.
Directly tap the MICBIAS pin to avoid common impedance when routing the biasing or supply traces for
multiple microphones to avoid coupling across microphones.
Directly short the VREF and MICBIAS external capacitors ground terminal to the AVSS pin without using any
vias for this connection trace.
Place the MICBIAS capacitor (with low equivalent series resistance) close to the device with minimal trace
impedance.
Use ground planes to provide the lowest impedance for power and signal current between the device and the
decoupling capacitors. Treat the area directly under the device as a central ground area for the device, and
all device grounds must be connected directly to that area.
11.2 Layout Example
Audio output interface connections
24
1
SDA_SSZ
AVDD
AREG
VREF
AVSS
VSS
SCL_MOSI
ADD0_SCLK
ADD1_MISO
MICBIAS
SHDNZ
Audio input signal connections
图 170. Layout Example
114
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320ADC3140
www.ti.com.cn
ZHCSJP4B –MAY 2019–REVISED OCTOBER 2019
12 器件和文档支持
12.1 文档支持
12.1.1 相关文档
请参阅如下相关文档:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
德州仪器 (TI),《具有共享 TDM 和 I2C 总线的多个 TLV320ADCx140 器件》 应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《配置和操作 TLV320ADCx140 作为音频总线主设备》 应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《TLV320ADCx140 采样率和受支持的可编程处理块》 应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《TLV320ADCx140 可编程双二阶滤波器配置和 应用》 应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《用于低功耗关键应用的 TLV320ADCx140 操作》 应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《不同使用场景下的 TLV320ADCx140 功耗矩阵》 应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《TLV320ADCx140 集成模拟抗混叠滤波器和灵活数字滤波器》 应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《使用 TLV320ADCx140 中的自动增益控制器》应用报告
德州仪器 (TI),《TLV320ADCx140 评估模块》 用户指南
德州仪器 (TI),《适用于音频系统设计和开发的 PurePath™ 控制台图形开发套件》
12.2 接收文档更新通知
要接收文档更新通知,请导航至 ti.com. 上的器件产品文件夹。单击右上角的通知我进行注册,即可每周接收产品
信息更改摘要。有关更改的详细信息,请查看任何已修订文档中包含的修订历史记录。
12.3 社区资源
TI E2E™ support forums are an engineer's go-to source for fast, verified answers and design help — straight
from the experts. Search existing answers or ask your own question to get the quick design help you need.
Linked content is provided "AS IS" by the respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do
not necessarily reflect TI's views; see TI's Terms of Use.
12.4 商标
Burr-Brown, PurePath, E2E are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
12.5 静电放电警告
ESD 可能会损坏该集成电路。德州仪器 (TI) 建议通过适当的预防措施处理所有集成电路。如果不遵守正确的处理措施和安装程序 , 可
能会损坏集成电路。
ESD 的损坏小至导致微小的性能降级 , 大至整个器件故障。 精密的集成电路可能更容易受到损坏 , 这是因为非常细微的参数更改都可
能会导致器件与其发布的规格不相符。
12.6 Glossary
SLYZ022 — TI Glossary.
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.
13 机械、封装和可订购信息
以下页面包含机械、封装和可订购信息。这些信息是指定器件的最新可用数据。数据如有变更,恕不另行通知,且
不会对此文档进行修订。如需获取此数据表的浏览器版本,请查阅左侧的导航栏。
版权 © 2019, Texas Instruments Incorporated
115
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
28-Sep-2021
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status Package Type Package Pins Package
Eco Plan
Lead finish/
Ball material
MSL Peak Temp
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
Samples
Drawing
Qty
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4/5)
(6)
TLV320ADC3140IRTWR
TLV320ADC3140IRTWT
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
WQFN
WQFN
RTW
RTW
24
24
3000 RoHS & Green
250 RoHS & Green
NIPDAU
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
Level-1-260C-UNLIM
-40 to 125
-40 to 125
ADC3140
ADC3140
NIPDAU
(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance
do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may
reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".
RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.
Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of <=1000ppm threshold. Antimony trioxide based
flame retardants must also meet the <=1000ppm threshold requirement.
(3) MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
(4) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5) Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
(6)
Lead finish/Ball material - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two
lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 1
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
28-Sep-2021
Addendum-Page 2
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
7-Nov-2019
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
B0
K0
P1
W
Pin1
Diameter Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Quadrant
(mm) W1 (mm)
TLV320ADC3140IRTWR WQFN
TLV320ADC3140IRTWT WQFN
RTW
RTW
24
24
3000
250
330.0
180.0
12.4
12.4
4.25
4.25
4.25
4.25
1.15
1.15
8.0
8.0
12.0
12.0
Q2
Q2
Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
7-Nov-2019
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Type Package Drawing Pins
SPQ
Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)
TLV320ADC3140IRTWR
TLV320ADC3140IRTWT
WQFN
WQFN
RTW
RTW
24
24
3000
250
367.0
210.0
367.0
185.0
35.0
35.0
Pack Materials-Page 2
重要声明和免责声明
TI 提供技术和可靠性数据(包括数据表)、设计资源(包括参考设计)、应用或其他设计建议、网络工具、安全信息和其他资源,不保证没
有瑕疵且不做出任何明示或暗示的担保,包括但不限于对适销性、某特定用途方面的适用性或不侵犯任何第三方知识产权的暗示担保。
这些资源可供使用 TI 产品进行设计的熟练开发人员使用。您将自行承担以下全部责任:(1) 针对您的应用选择合适的 TI 产品,(2) 设计、验
证并测试您的应用,(3) 确保您的应用满足相应标准以及任何其他安全、安保或其他要求。这些资源如有变更,恕不另行通知。TI 授权您仅可
将这些资源用于研发本资源所述的 TI 产品的应用。严禁对这些资源进行其他复制或展示。您无权使用任何其他 TI 知识产权或任何第三方知
识产权。您应全额赔偿因在这些资源的使用中对 TI 及其代表造成的任何索赔、损害、成本、损失和债务,TI 对此概不负责。
TI 提供的产品受 TI 的销售条款 (https:www.ti.com.cn/zh-cn/legal/termsofsale.html) 或 ti.com.cn 上其他适用条款/TI 产品随附的其他适用条款
的约束。TI 提供这些资源并不会扩展或以其他方式更改 TI 针对 TI 产品发布的适用的担保或担保免责声明。IMPORTANT NOTICE
邮寄地址:上海市浦东新区世纪大道 1568 号中建大厦 32 楼,邮政编码:200122
Copyright © 2021 德州仪器半导体技术(上海)有限公司
相关型号:
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明